Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • Safari, an O'Reilly Media Company.  (71)
  • Edward Elgar Publishing  (35)
  • Boardman, Mary C.
  • [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : IBM Redbooks  (71)
  • Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited  (35)
Datasource
Material
Language
Years
Subjects(RVK)
  • 1
    ISBN: 9780738458359
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (121 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM® Redbooks® publication will help you install, configure, and use the new IBM Fibre Channel Endpoint Security function. The focus of this publication is about securing the connection between an IBM DS8900F and the IBM z15™. The solution is delivered with two levels of link security supported: support for link authentication on Fibre Channel links and support for link encryption of data in flight (which also includes link authentication). This solution is targeted for clients needing to adhere to Payment Card Industry (PCI) or other emerging data security standards, and those who are seeking to reduce or eliminate insider threats regarding unauthorized access to data.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed January 28, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    ISBN: 9780738458298
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (438 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM® Redbooks® publication captures several of the preferred practices and describes the performance gains that can be achieved by implementing the IBM FlashSystem® 9100. These practices are based on field experience. This book highlights configuration guidelines and preferred practices for the storage area network (SAN) topology, clustered system, back-end storage, storage pools and managed disks, volumes, remote copy services, and hosts. It explains how you can optimize disk performance with the IBM System Storage® Easy Tier® function. It also provides preferred practices for monitoring, maintaining, and troubleshooting. This book is intended for experienced storage, SAN, IBM FlashSystem, SAN Volume Controller and Storwize® administrators and technicians. Understanding his book requires advanced knowledge of these environments. Important, IBM FlashSystem 9200: On 11th February 2020 IBM announced the arrival of the IBM FlashSystem 9200 to the family. This book was written specifically for IBM FlashSystem 9100, however most of the general principles will apply to the IBM FlashSystem 9200. If you are in any doubt as to their applicability to the FlashSystem 9200 then you should work with your local IBM representative. This book will be updated to include FlashSystem 9200 in due course.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed February 11, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : IBM Redbooks | Boston, MA : Safari
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (60 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: IBM Storage for Red Hat OpenShift is a comprehensive container-ready solution that includes all the hardware & software components necessary to setup and/or expand your Red Hat OpenShift environment. This blueprint includes Red Hat OpenShift Container Platform and uses Container Storage Interface (CSI) standards. IBM Storage brings enterprise data services to containers. In this blueprint, learn how to: · Combine the benefits of IBM Systems with the performance of IBM Storage solutions so that you can deliver the right services to your clients today! · Build a 24 by 7 by 365 enterprise class private cloud with Red Hat OpenShift Container Platform utilizing new open source Container Storage interface (CSI) drivers · Leverage enterprise class services such as NVMe based flash performance, high data availability, and advanced container security IBM Storage for Red Hat OpenShift Container Platform is designed for your DevOps environment for on-premises deployment with easy-to-consume components built to perform and scale for your enterprise. Simplify your journey to cloud with pre-tested and validated blueprints engineered to enable rapid deployment and peace of mind as you move to a hybrid multicloud environment. You now have the capabilities.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed January 21, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (476 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: The IBM® TS4500 (TS4500) tape library is a next-generation tape solution that offers higher storage density and integrated management than previous solutions. This IBM Redbooks® publication gives you a close-up view of the new IBM TS4500 tape library. In the TS4500, IBM delivers the density that today's and tomorrow's data growth requires. It has the cost-effectiveness and the manageability to grow with business data needs, while you preserve existing investments in IBM tape library products. Now, you can achieve both a low cost per terabyte (TB) and a high TB density per square foot because the TS4500 can store up to 11 petabytes (PB) of uncompressed data in a single frame library or scale up to 2 PB per square foot to over 350 PB. The TS4500 offers the following benefits: High availability: Dual active accessors with integrated service bays reduce inactive service space by 40%. The Elastic Capacity option can be used to completely eliminate inactive service space. Flexibility to grow: The TS4500 library can grow from the right side and the left side of the first L frame because models can be placed in any active position. Increased capacity: The TS4500 can grow from a single L frame up to another 17 expansion frames with a capacity of over 23,000 cartridges. High-density (HD) generation 1 frames from the TS3500 library can be redeployed in a TS4500. Capacity on demand (CoD): CoD is supported through entry-level, intermediate, and base-capacity configurations. Advanced Library Management System (ALMS): ALMS supports dynamic storage management, which enables users to create and change logical libraries and configure any drive for any logical library. Support for IBM TS1160 while also supporting TS1155, TS1150, and TS1140 tape drive: The TS1160 gives organizations an easy way to deliver fast access to data, improve security, and provide long-term retention, all at a lower cost than disk solutions. The TS1160 offers high-performance, flexible data storage with support for data encryption. Also, this enhanced fifth-generation drive can help protect investments in tape automation by offering compatibility with existing automation. The TS1160 Tape Drive Model 60E delivers a dual 10 Gb or 25 Gb Ethernet host attachment interface that is optimized for cloud-based and hyperscale environments. The TS1160 Tape Drive Model 60F delivers a native data rate of 400 MBps, the same load/ready, locate speeds, and access times as the TS1155, and includes dual-po...
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed January 22, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    ISBN: 9780738458175
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (514 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM® Redbooks® publication captures several of the preferred practices and describes the performance gains that can be achieved by implementing the IBM System Storage® SAN Volume Controller and IBM Storwize® V7000 powered by IBM Spectrum Virtualize™ V8.2.1. These practices are based on field experience. This book highlights configuration guidelines and preferred practices for the storage area network (SAN) topology, clustered system, back-end storage, storage pools and managed disks, volumes, remote copy services, and hosts. Then it provides performance guidelines for SAN Volume Controller, back-end storage, and applications. It explains how you can optimize disk performance with the IBM System Storage Easy Tier® function. It also provides preferred practices for monitoring, maintaining, and troubleshooting SAN Volume Controller and Storwize V7000. This book is intended for experienced storage, SAN, and SAN Volume Controller administrators and technicians. Understanding his book requires advanced knowledge of the SAN Volume Controller and Storwize V7000 and SAN environments. Important: On 11th February 2020 IBM announced the arrival of SAN Volume Controller SA2 and SV2, and IBM FlashSystem® 7200 to the family. This book was written specifically for prior versions of SVC and Storwize V7000; however, most of the general principles will apply. If you are in any doubt as to their applicability then you should work with your local IBM representative. This book will be updated to comprehensively include SAN Volume Controller SA2 and SV2 and FlashSystem 7200 in due course.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed February 11, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (296 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM® Redbooks® publication helps you with the planning, installation, and configuration of the new IBM Spectrum® Archive v1.3.0.6 for the IBM TS4500, IBM TS3500, IBM TS4300, and IBM TS3310 tape libraries. IBM Spectrum Archive EE enables the use of the LTFS for the policy management of tape as a storage tier in an IBM Spectrum Scale based environment. It helps encourage the use of tape as a critical tier in the storage environment. This is the eighth edition of IBM Spectrum Archive Installation and Configuration Guide. IBM Spectrum Archive EE can run any application that is designed for disk files on a physical tape media. IBM Spectrum Archive EE supports the IBM Linear Tape-Open (LTO) Ultrium 8, 7, 6, and 5 tape drives in IBM TS3310, TS3500, TS4300, and TS4500 tape libraries. In addition, IBM TS1160, TS1155, TS1150, and TS1140 tape drives are supported in TS3500 and TS4500 tape library configurations. IBM Spectrum Archive EE can play a major role in reducing the cost of storage for data that does not need the access performance of primary disk. The use of IBM Spectrum Archive EE to replace disks with physical tape in tier 2 and tier 3 storage can improve data access over other storage solutions because it improves efficiency and streamlines management for files on tape. IBM Spectrum Archive EE simplifies the use of tape by making it transparent to the user and manageable by the administrator under a single infrastructure. This publication is intended for anyone who wants to understand more about IBM Spectrum Archive EE planning and implementation. This book is suitable for IBM clients, IBM Business Partners, IBM specialist sales representatives, and technical specialists.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed February 11, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (238 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM® Redbooks publication is a comprehensive guide that covers the IBM AIX® operating system (OS) layout capabilities, distinct features, system installation, and maintenance, which includes AIX security, trusted environment, and compliance integration, with the benefits of IBM Power Virtualization Management (PowerVM®) and IBM Power Virtualization Center (IBM PowerVC), which includes cloud capabilities and automation types. The objective of this book is to introduce IBM AIX modernization features and integration with different environments: General AIX enhancements AIX Live Kernel Update individually or using Network Installation Manager (NIM) AIX security features and integration AIX networking enhancements PowerVC integration and features for cloud environments AIX deployment using IBM Terraform and IBM Cloud Automation Manager AIX automation that uses configuration management tools AIX integration with Kubernetes PowerVM enhancements and features Latest disaster recovery (DR) solutions AIX Logical Volume Manager (LVM) and Enhanced Journaled File System (JFS2) AIX installation and maintenance techniques
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed February 4, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : IBM Redbooks | Boston, MA : Safari
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (86 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM® Redpaper publication helps you design and implement a 4-site replication solution for IBM DS8000® environments. IBM Copy Services Manager is used to orchestrate the data replication and failover and failback mechanisms between the different sites. The IBM DS8000 Copy Services functions are the foundation of this 4-site replication solution. The four sites consist of two pairs of sites. Within each pair, the two sites are at metro distance, while the pairs connect at long distance over asynchronous links. The solution is based on a Multi-Target PPRC topology that consists of a Metro Mirror replication to the secondary site in the local region and a Global Mirror replication to the third site in the remote region. The fourth site is set up as a cascaded Global Copy, which is an asynchronous copy.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed February 11, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (650 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: The organization pursuing digital transformation must embrace new ways to use and deploy integration technologies, so they can move quickly in a manner appropriate to the goals of multicloud, decentralization, and microservices. The integration layer must transform to allow organizations to move boldly in building new customer experiences, rather than forcing models for architecture and development that pull away from maximizing the organization's productivity. Many organizations have started embracing agile application techniques, such as microservice architecture, and are now seeing the benefits of that shift. This approach complements and accelerates an enterprise's API strategy. Businesses should also seek to use this approach to modernize their existing integration and messaging infrastructure to achieve more effective ways to manage and operate their integration services in their private or public cloud. This IBM® Redbooks® publication explores the merits of what we refer to as agile integration; a container-based, decentralized, and microservice-aligned approach for integration solutions that meets the demands of agility, scalability, and resilience required by digital transformation. It also discusses how the IBM Cloud Pak for Integration marks a significant leap forward in integration technology by embracing both a cloud-native approach and container technology to achieve the goals of agile integration. The target audiences for this book are cloud integration architects, IT specialists, and application developers.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed February 14, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : IBM Redbooks | Boston, MA : Safari
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (16 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: In this multicloud and cognitive era, information continues to grow rapidly. By 2025, IDC says worldwide data will grow by 61% to 175 zettabytes, with as much of the data in data centers as in the cloud. IT environments with Oracle deployments will need to accommodate that data growth, including storing, copying, mirroring, and protecting the data. When IT budgets are constrained but data keeps growing, storage costs can consume more than their fair share of the IT budget. The leading-edge portfolio of storage solutions and essential technologies of IBM® can help organizations stay ahead of the information explosion. Designed with built-in efficiency, these solutions represent preferred practices that address the following main storage objectives for hybrid multicloud environments: Stop storing so much Store more with what you have. Move Oracle and related data to balance performance and efficiency IBM offers true enterprise class storage support for Oracle deployments at a low total cost of ownership (TCO). With flash disk, tape, storage network hardware, consolidated management console, software-defined storage solutions, and security software, IBM can provide Oracle customers the full spectrum of products to meet their availability, retention, security, and compliance requirements.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed May 15, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : IBM Redbooks | Boston, MA : Safari
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (58 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM® Redpaper™ publication is intended as an architecture and configuration guide to set up the IBM System Storage™ for the SAP HANA tailored data center integration (SAP HANA TDI) within a storage area network (SAN) environment. SAP HANA TDI allows the SAP customer to attach external storage to the SAP HANA server. The paper also describes the setup and configuration of SAP Landscape Management for SAP HANA systems on IBM infrastructure components: IBM Power Systems and IBM Storage based on IBM Spectrum® Virtualize. This document is written for IT technical specialists and architects with advanced skill levels on SUSE Linux Enterprise Server or Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL) and IBM System Storage. This document provides the necessary information to select, verify, and connect IBM System Storage to the SAP HANA server through a Fibre Channel-based SAN. The recommendations in this Blueprint apply to single-node and scale-out configurations, and Intel and IBM Power based SAP HANA systems.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed May 6, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (62 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM® Redpaper publication describes practical experiences to run SAP workloads to take advantage of IBM Power Systems I/O capabilities. With IBM POWER® processor-based servers, you have the flexibility to fit seamlessly new applications and workloads into a single data center, and even consolidate them into a single server. This approach highlights all viable options and describes the pros and cons of each one to select the correct option for a specific data center. The target audiences of this book are architects, IT specialists, and systems administrators deploying SAP workloads, who spend much time and effort managing, provisioning, and monitoring SAP software systems and landscapes on IBM Power Systems servers.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed April 20, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : IBM Redbooks | Boston, MA : Safari
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (14 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: In this paper, we outline some IBM® Spectrum Virtualize HyperSwap® SAN implementation and design best practices for optimum resiliency of the SAN Volume Controller cluster. It provides IBM Spectrum® Virtualize HyperSwap and Stretched Cluster configuration details. Note: In this book, for brevity, we use HyperSwap to refer to both HyperSwap and Stretched Cluster. The documentation there details the minimum requirements. However, it does not describe the design of the storage area network (SAN) in detail, nor does it describe the recommended way to implement those requirements on a SAN. In this IBM Redpaper publication, we outline some of the best practices for SAN design and implementation that leads to optimum resiliency of the SAN Volume Controller (SVC) cluster, and we explain why each recommendation is made. This paper is SAN vendor-neutral wherever possible. Any mention of a specific SAN switch vendor, or terms used by a specific switch vendor, is made only where relevant to a specific context, and does not imply an endorsement of a specific switch vendor. Note: Some of the figures in this document might not depict redundant fabrics or storage configurations. This was done for simplicity, and it should be assumed that any recommendations made for fabric design assume that there are two redundant fabrics.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed April 23, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (224 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: Companies need to migrate data not only when technology needs to be replaced, but also for consolidation, load balancing, and disaster recovery (DR). Data migration is a critical operation, and this book explains the phases and steps to ensure a smooth migration. Topics range from planning and preparation to execution and validation. The book explains, from a generic standpoint, the appliance-based, storage-based, and host-based techniques that can be used to accomplish the migration. Each method is explained through practical migration scenarios and for various operating systems. This publication addresses the aspects of data migration efforts while focusing on fixed block storage systems in open environment with the IBM® FlashSystem 9100 as the target system. Therefore, the book also emphasizes various migration techniques using the Spectrum Virtualize built-in functions. This document targets storage administrators, storage network administrators, system designers, architects, and IT professionals who design, administer or plan data migrations in large data Centers. The aim is to ensure that you are aware of the current thinking, methods, and products that IBM can make available to you. These items are provided to ensure a data migration process that is as efficient and problem-free as possible. The material presented in this book was developed with versions of the referenced products as of February, 2020.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed April 16, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : IBM Redbooks | Boston, MA : Safari
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (10 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This document is intended to facilitate the deployment of Red Hat Ansible for the IBM FlashSystem®. The document describes the automation and orchestration of storage provisioning for the IBM FlashSystem by using Red Hat Ansible. To complete the tasks that are described in this document, you must understand the IBM FlashSystem and Red Hat Ansible. The information in this document is distributed on an "as-is" basis without any warranty that is either expressed or implied. Support assistance for the use of this material is limited to situations where IBM FlashSystem storage devices are supported and entitled, and where the issues are specific to a blueprint implementation.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed April 23, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    ISBN: 9780738458922
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (462 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: The IBM® TS4500 (TS4500) tape library is a next-generation tape solution that offers higher storage density and better integrated management than previous solutions. This IBM Redbooks® publication gives you a close-up view of the new IBM TS4500 tape library. In the TS4500, IBM delivers the density that today's and tomorrow's data growth requires. It has the cost-effectiveness and the manageability to grow with business data needs, while you preserve investments in IBM tape library products. Now, you can achieve a low cost per terabyte (TB) and a high TB density per square foot because the TS4500 can store up to 11 petabytes (PB) of uncompressed data in a single frame library or scale up to 2 PB per square foot to over 350 PB. The TS4500 offers the following benefits: High availability: Dual active accessors with integrated service bays reduce inactive service space by 40%. The Elastic Capacity option can be used to eliminate inactive service space. Flexibility to grow: The TS4500 library can grow from the right side and the left side of the first L frame because models can be placed in any active position. Increased capacity: The TS4500 can grow from a single L frame up to another 17 expansion frames with a capacity of over 23,000 cartridges. High-density (HD) generation 1 frames from the TS3500 library can be redeployed in a TS4500. Capacity on demand (CoD): CoD is supported through entry-level, intermediate, and base-capacity configurations. Advanced Library Management System (ALMS): ALMS supports dynamic storage management, which enables users to create and change logical libraries and configure any drive for any logical library. Support for IBM TS1160 while also supporting TS1155, TS1150, and TS1140 tape drive: The TS1160 gives organizations an easy way to deliver fast access to data, improve security, and provide long-term retention, all at a lower cost than disk solutions. The TS1160 offers high-performance, flexible data storage with support for data encryption. Also, this enhanced fifth-generation drive can help protect investments in tape automation by offering compatibility with existing automation. The TS1160 Tape Drive Model 60E delivers a dual 10 Gb or 25 Gb Ethernet host attachment interface that is optimized for cloud-based and hyperscale environments. The TS1160 Tape Drive Model 60F delivers a native data rate of 400 MBps, the same load/ready, locate speeds, and access times as the TS1155, and includes dual-port 16 Gb Fibre Cha...
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed June 26, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (136 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: IBM® Spectrum Virtualize is a key member of the IBM Spectrum® Storage portfolio. It is a highly flexible storage solution that enables rapid deployment of block storage services for new and traditional workloads, on-premises, off-premises and in a combination of both. IBM Spectrum Virtualize for Public Cloud provides the IBM Spectrum Virtualize functions in IBM Cloud®. This capability provides a monthly license to deploy and use IBM Spectrum Virtualize in IBM Cloud to enable hybrid cloud solutions, offering the ability to transfer data between on-premises private clouds or data centers and the public cloud. This IBM Redpaper Redbooks publication gives a broad understanding of IBM Spectrum Virtualize for Public Cloud Version 8.3.1 architecture and provides planning and implementation details of the common use cases for this product. This publication helps storage and networking administrators plan, implement, install, tailor, and configure the IBM Spectrum Virtualize for Public Cloud offering. It also provides a detailed description of troubleshooting tips. IBM Spectrum Virtualize is also available on AWS. For more information, see Implementing IBM Spectrum Virtualize for Public Cloud on AWS Version 8.3.1, REDP-5588.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed July 13, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : IBM Redbooks | Boston, MA : Safari
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (58 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM® Blueprint is intended to facilitate the deployment of IBM Storage for Red Hat OpenShift Container Platform by using detailed hardware specifications to build a system. It describes the associated parameters for configuring persistent storage within a Red Hat OpenShift Container Platform environment. To complete the tasks, you should understand Red Hat OpenShift, IBM Storage, the IBM block storage Container Storage Interface (CSI) driver and the IBM Spectrum Scale CSI driver. The information in this document is distributed on an "as is" basis without any warranty that is either expressed or implied. Support assistance for the use of this material is limited to situations where IBM Storwize® or IBM FlashSystem® storage devices, ESS and Spectrum Scale are supported and entitled, and where the issues are not specific to a blueprint implementation. IBM Storage Suite for IBM Cloud® Paks is an offering bundle that includes software-defined storage from both IBM and Red Hat. Use this document for details on how to deploy IBM Storage product licenses obtained through Storage Suite for Cloud Paks (IBM Spectrum® Virtualize and IBM Spectrum Scale).
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed July 17, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (513 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM® Redbooks® publication describes the features and functions the latest member of the IBM Z® platform, the IBM z15™ (machine type 8561). It includes information about the IBM z15 processor design, I/O innovations, security features, and supported operating systems. The z15 is a state-of-the-art data and transaction system that delivers advanced capabilities, which are vital to any digital transformation. The z15 is designed for enhanced modularity, which is in an industry standard footprint. This system excels at the following tasks: Making use of multicloud integration services Securing data with pervasive encryption Accelerating digital transformation with agile service delivery Transforming a transactional platform into a data powerhouse Getting more out of the platform with IT Operational Analytics Accelerating digital transformation with agile service delivery Revolutionizing business processes Blending open source and Z technologies This book explains how this system uses new innovations and traditional Z strengths to satisfy growing demand for cloud, analytics, and open source technologies. With the z15 as the base, applications can run in a trusted, reliable, and secure environment that improves operations and lessens business risk.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed January 17, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (54 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: Having appropriate storage for hosting business-critical data and advanced Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) software for deep inspection, detection, and prioritization of threats has become a necessity for any business. This IBM® Redpaper publication explains how the storage features of IBM Spectrum® Scale, when combined with the log analysis, deep inspection, and detection of threats that are provided by IBM QRadar®, help reduce the impact of incidents on business data. Such integration provides an excellent platform for hosting unstructured business data that is subject to regulatory compliance requirements. This paper describes how IBM Spectrum Scale File Audit Logging can be integrated with IBM QRadar. Using IBM QRadar, an administrator can monitor, inspect, detect, and derive insights for identifying potential threats to the data that is stored on IBM Spectrum Scale. When the threats are identified, you can quickly act on them to mitigate or reduce the impact of incidents. We further demonstrate how the threat detection by IBM QRadar can proactively trigger data snapshots or cyber resiliency workflow in IBM Spectrum Scale to protect the data during threat. This paper is intended for chief technology officers, solution engineers, security architects, and systems administrators.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed May 18, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : IBM Redbooks | Boston, MA : Safari
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (32 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM Redpaper™ publication introduces the IBM Spectrum Scale immutability function. It shows how to set it up and presents different ways for managing immutable and append-only files. This publication also provides guidance for implementing IT security aspects in an IBM Spectrum Scale cluster by addressing regulatory requirements. It also describes two typical use cases for managing immutable files. One use case involves applications that manage file immutability; the other use case presents a solution to automatically set files to immutable within a IBM Spectrum Scale immutable fileset.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed April 17, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : IBM Redbooks | Boston, MA : Safari
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (12 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: The FlashSystem 9200 combines the performance of flash and end-to-end Non-Volatile Memory Express (NVMe) with the reliability and innovation of IBM® FlashCore technology, the ultra-low latency of Storage Class Memory (SCM), the rich features of IBM Spectrum® Virtualize and AI predictive storage management, and proactive support by Storage Insights. All of these features are included in a powerful 2U enterprise-class, blazing fast storage all-flash array.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed April 28, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : IBM Redbooks | Boston, MA : Safari
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (38 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This information is intended to facilitate the deployment of IBM® FlashSystem for the Epic Corporation electronic health record (EHR) solution by describing the requirements and specifications for configuring IBM FlashSystem® 9200 and its parameters. The document also describes the steps that are required to configure the server that host the EHR application. To complete the tasks, you must have a working knowledge of IBM FlashSystem 9200 and Epic applications. The information in this document is distributed on an "as is" basis, without any warranty that is either expressed or implied. Support assistance for the use of this material is limited to situations where IBM FlashSystem storage devices are supported and entitled and where the issues are not specific to a blueprint implementation.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed April 22, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    ISBN: 9780738459004
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (408 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM® Redbooks® publication helps you install, configure, and maintain the IBM z15™ (machine types 8561 and 8562) systems. The z15 systems offers new functions that require a comprehensive understanding of the available configuration options. This book presents configuration setup scenarios, and describes implementation examples in detail. This publication is intended for systems engineers, hardware planners, and anyone who needs to understand IBM Z® configuration and implementation. Readers should be familiar with IBM Z technology and terminology. For more information about the functions of the z15 systems, see IBM z15 Technical Introduction, SG24-8850, IBM z15 (8561) Technical Guide, SG24-8851 and IBM z15 (8562) Technical Guide, SG24-8852.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed August 4, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (32 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: Object Storage is the primary storage solution that is used in the cloud and on-premises solutions as a central storage platform for unstructured data. Object Storage is growing more popular for the following reasons: It is designed for exabyte scale. It is easy to manage and yet meets the growing demands of enterprises for a broad set of applications and workloads. It allows users to balance storage cost, location, and compliance control requirements across data sets and essential applications. IBM® Cloud Object Storage (IBM COS) system provides industry-leading flexibility that enables your organization to handle unpredictable but always changing needs of business and evolving workloads. IBM COS system is a software-defined storage solution that is hardware aware. This awareness allows IBM COS to be an enterprise-grade storage solution that is highly available and reliable and uses commodity x86 servers. IBM COS takes full advantage of this hardware awareness by ensuring that the server performs optimally from a monitoring, management, and performance perspective. The target audience for this IBM Redpaper publication is IBM COS architects, IT specialists, and technologists.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed July 7, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : IBM Redbooks | Boston, MA : Safari
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (45 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: The purpose of this document is to show how to install RedHat OpenShift Container Platform (OCP) on Amazon web services (AWS) public cloud with OpenShift installer, a method that is known as Installer-provisioned infrastructure (IPI). We also describe how to validate the installation of IBM container storage interface (CSI) driver on OCP 4.2 that is installed on AWS. This document also describes the installation of OCP 4.x on AWS with customization and OCP 4.x installation on IBM cloud. This document discusses how to provision internet small computer system interface (iSCSI) storage that is made available by IBM Spectrum® Virtualize for Public Cloud (SVPC) that is deployed on AWS. Finally, the document discusses the use of Red Hat OpenShift command line interface (CLI), OCP web console graphical user interface (GUI), and AWS console.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed August 3, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : IBM Redbooks | Boston, MA : Safari
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (36 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: Consist Advanced Development Solution (ConsistADS) is an end-to-end conversion solution that conversion and transparency methods for migrating to IBM® DB2® for z/OS® software. The solution includes DB2 for z/OS and several DB2 tools as part of the package. This IBM Redpaper™ publication explains the Natural and Adabas conversion to DB2 for z/OS by using ConsistADS. It includes prerequisite technical assessment requirements and conversion challenges. It also describes a real customer conversion scenario that was provided by the IBM Business Partners that facilitated these conversions for customers. Originally published in 2015, this paper has been updated in 2020 to include additional information about ConsistADS.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed June 4, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    ISBN: 9780738458885
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (164 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM® Redpaper publication is a comprehensive guide that covers the IBM Power System S914 (9009-41G), IBM Power System S922 (9009-22G), and IBM Power System S924 (9009-42G) servers that use the latest IBM POWER9™ processor-based technology and support the IBM AIX®, IBM i, and Linux operating systems (OSs). The goal of this paper is to provide a hardware architecture analysis and highlight the changes, new technologies, and major features that are being introduced in these systems, such as: The latest IBM POWER9 processor, which is available in various configurations for the number of cores per socket More performance by using industry-leading Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) Gen 4 slots Enhanced internal disk scalability and performance with up to 11 NVMe adapters Introduction of a competitive Power S922 server with a 1-socket configuration that is targeted at IBM i customers This publication is for professionals who want to acquire a better understanding of IBM Power Systems™ products. The intended audience includes the following roles: Clients Sales and marketing professionals Technical support professionals IBM Business Partners Independent software vendors (ISVs) This paper expands the current set of IBM Power Systems documentation by providing a desktop reference that offers a detailed technical description of the Power S914, Power S922, and Power S924 systems. This paper does not replace the current marketing materials and configuration tools. It is intended as an extra source of information that, together with existing sources, can be used to enhance your knowledge of IBM server solutions.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed August 5, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (126 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: IBM® Spectrum Virtualize is a key member of the IBM Spectrum® Storage portfolio. It is a highly flexible storage solution that enables rapid deployment of block storage services for new and traditional workloads, whether on-premises, off-premises, or a combination of both. The initial release of IBM Spectrum Virtualize for Public Cloud is now available on Amazon Web Services (AWS). This IBM Redpaper™ publication gives a broad understanding of the IBM Spectrum Virtualize for Public Cloud on AWS architecture. It also provides planning and implementation information about the common use cases for this new product. This publication helps storage and networking administrators plan, implement, install, modify, and configure the IBM Spectrum Virtualize for Public Cloud on AWS offering Version 8.3.1. It also provides a detailed description of troubleshooting tips.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed July 8, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (130 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: The world's most successful banks run on IBM®, and increasingly IBM LinuxONE. Temenos, the global leader in banking software, has worked alongside IBM for many years on banking deployments of all sizes. This book marks an important milestone in that partnership. Temenos on IBM LinuxONE Best Practices Guide shows financial organizations how they can combine the power and flexibility of the Temenos solution with the IBM platform that is purpose built for the digital revolution.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed February 11, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : IBM Redbooks | Boston, MA : Safari
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (68 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This paper is intended as an architecture and configuration guide to set up the IBM® System Storage® for the SAP HANA tailored data center integration (SAP HANA TDI) within a storage area network (SAN) environment. SAP HANA TDI allows the SAP customer to attach external storage to the SAP HANA server. The paper also describes the setup and configuration of SAP Landscape Management for SAP HANA systems on IBM infrastructure components: IBM Power Systems™ and IBM Storage based on IBM Spectrum™ Virtualize. This document is written for IT technical specialists and architects with advanced skill levels on SUSE Linux Enterprise Server (SLES) or Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL) and IBM System Storage. This document provides the necessary information to select, verify, and connect IBM System Storage to the SAP HANA server through a Fibre Channel-based SAN. The recommendations in this Blueprint apply to single-node and scale-out configurations, and Intel and IBM Power based SAP HANA systems.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed February 11, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (200 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: IBM® experts recognize the need for data protection, both from hardware or software failures, and from physical relocation of hardware, theft, and retasking of existing hardware. The IBM DS8000® supports encryption-capable hard disk drives (HDDs) and flash drives. These Full Disk Encryption (FDE) drive sets are used with key management services that are provided by IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager software or Gemalto SafeNet KeySecure to allow encryption for data at rest. Use of encryption technology involves several considerations that are critical for you to understand to maintain the security and accessibility of encrypted data. Failure to follow the requirements that are described in the IBM Redpaper can result in an encryption deadlock. Starting with Release 8.5 code, the DS8000 also supports Transparent Cloud Tiering (TCT) data object encryption. With TCT encryption, data is encrypted before it is transmitted to the cloud. The data remains encrypted in cloud storage and is decrypted after it is transmitted back to the IBM DS8000. Starting with DS8000 Release 9.0, the DS8900F provides Fibre Channel Endpoint Security when communicating with an IBM z15™, which supports link authentication and the encryption of data that is in-flight. For more information, see IBM Fibre Channel Endpoint Security for IBM DS8900F and IBM Z, SG24-8455. This edition focuses on IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager Version 3.0.1.3 or later, which enables support Key Management Interoperability Protocol (KMIP) with the DS8000 Release 9.0 code or later and updated DS GUI for encryption functions.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed January 27, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : IBM Redbooks | Boston, MA : Safari
    ISBN: 9780738458403
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (46 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM® Redpaper publication presents and positions the DS8910F Model 993. The modular system can be integrated into 15U contiguous space of an IBM z14® Model ZR1 (z14 Model ZR1), IBM LinuxONE Rockhopper II (z14 Model LR1), or other standard 19-inch wide rack. The DS8910F Model 993 allows you to take advantage of the performance boost of all-flash systems and advanced features while limiting datacenter footprint and power infrastructure requirements.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed February 16, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : IBM Redbooks | Boston, MA : Safari
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (35 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This document is intended to facilitate the approach of achieving the Cyber Resiliency solution for IBM® Spectrum Virtualize for Public Cloud. This solution is designed to protect the data on IBM Spectrum™ Virtualize storage in a hybrid multicloud environment by deploying cloud backup to Amazon S3 using the function Transparent Cloud Tiering .
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed February 12, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : IBM Redbooks | Boston, MA : Safari
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (96 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM® Redbooks® publication describes the installation, integration, and configuration of IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed April 23, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : IBM Redbooks | Boston, MA : Safari
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (58 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM® Redbooks® Product Guide publication describes the IBM FlashSystem® 7200 solution, which is a comprehensive, all-flash, and NVMe-enabled enterprise storage solution that delivers the full capabilities of IBM FlashCore® technology. In addition, it provides a rich set of software-defined storage (SDS) features, including data reduction and de-duplication, dynamic tiering, thin-provisioning, snapshots, cloning, replication, data copy services, and IBM HyperSwap® for high availability (HA). Scale-out and scale-up configurations further enhance capacity and throughput for better availability
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed April 24, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : IBM Redbooks | Boston, MA : Safari
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (50 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM® Redbooks® Product Guide publication describes the IBM FlashSystem® 9200 solution, which is a comprehensive, all-flash, and NVMe-enabled enterprise storage solution that delivers the full capabilities of IBM FlashCore® technology. In addition, it provides a rich set of software-defined storage (SDS) features, including data reduction and de-duplication, dynamic tiering, thin-provisioning, snapshots, cloning, replication, data copy services, and IBM HyperSwap® for high availability (HA). Scale-out and scale-up configurations further enhance capacity and throughput for better availability.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed May 4, 2020) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785363863
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (496 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on gender and leadership
    DDC: 658.4/09082
    RVK:
    Keywords: Geschlecht ; Führungsstil ; Welt ; Women executives ; Leadership Sex differences ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Diversity Management ; Weibliche Führungskraft
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / Susan R. Madsen -- Part I: Setting the stage -- 1. The current status of women leaders worldwide / Elizabeth Goryunova, Robbyn T. Scribner and Susan R. Madsen -- 2. Asilomar declaration and call to action on women and leadership : women and leadership affinity group, international leadership association -- 3. Reflections on glass : second wave feminist theorizing in a third wave feminist age? / Savita Kumra -- Part II: Advancing women & leadership theory -- 4. Creativity in theorizing for women and leadership : a multi-paradigm perspective / Julia Storberg-Walker and Kristina Natt Och Dag -- 5. Social psychological approaches to women and leadership theory / Crystal L. Hoyt and Stefanie Simon -- 6. Sociological approaches to women and leadership theory / Christy Glass and Alicia Ingersoll -- 7. Sociolinguistic approaches to gender and leadership theory / Judith Baxter -- 8. Using organizational and management science theories to understand women and leadership / Chantal Van Esch, Karlygash Assylkhan and Diana Bilimoria -- 9. No woman left behind : critical leadership development to build gender consciousness and transform organizations / Laura Bierema -- Part III: Individual motivators to lead -- 10. Women's leadership aspirations / Lynne E. Devnew, Ann M. Berghout Austin, Marlene Janzen Le Ber and Mary Shapiro -- 11. Women's leadership ambition in early careers / Ruth Sealy and Charlotte Harman -- 12. Women's leadership identity : exploring person and context in theory / Wendy Fox-Kirk, Constance Campbell and Chrys Egan -- 13. The role of purpose and calling in women's leadership experiences / Karen A. Longman and Debbie Lamm Bray -- 14. Women, leadership, and power / Katharina Pick -- 15. Using neuroscience methods to explore gender differences in leadership / Suzanne J. Peterson and Amy L. Bartels -- 16. The connection between success, choice, and leadership for women / Sarah Leberman and Jane Simmonds -- Part IV: Gender-based leadership challenges and barriers -- 17. An overview of gender-based leadership barriers / Amy B. Diehl and Leanne M. Dzubinski -- 18. Organizational processes and systems that affect women in leadership / Michelle Bligh and Ai Ito -- 19. Individual stresses and strains in the ascent to leadership : gender, work, and family / Amy E. Smith and Deneen M. Hatmaker -- 20. Gender stereotypes and unconscious bias / Deborah L. Rhode -- 21. Theorizing women leaders' negative relations with other women / Sharon Mavin, Gina Grandy and Jannine Williams -- 22. The effect of media on women and leadership / Carole Elliot and Valerie Stead -- Part V: Developing women leaders -- 23. Advancing women through developmental relationships / Wendy M. Murphy, Kerry Roberts Gibson and Kathy E. Kram -- 24. Gender differences in developmental experiences / Cathleen Clerkin and Meena S. Wilson -- 25. Women-only leadership programs : a deeper look / Mary Ellen Kassotakis -- 26. Supporting women's career development / Ronald J. Burke -- 27. Future strategies for developing women as leaders / Faith Wambura Ngunjiri and Rita A. Gardiner -- Afterword / Susan R. Madsen -- Index.
    Abstract: Although some progress has been made in recent decades in getting women into top positions in government, business and education, there are on-going, persisting challenges with efforts to improve the opportunities for women in leadership. The Handbook of Research on Gender and Leadership comprises the latest research from the world's foremost scholars on women and leadership, exposing problems and offering both theoretical and practical solutions on how to best strengthen the impact of women around the world. The Handbook provides a brief overview of the current state of women in global leadership, explores theories (both established and emerging) focused specifically on women, and examines with both theoretical and empirical research some of the factors that influence women's motivations to lead. The authors delineate some of the most persistent barriers to women's leadership success and conclude with the latest research findings on how to best develop women leaders to improve their status worldwide. The Handbook of Research on Gender and Leadership will appeal to scholars and advanced students in leadership and entrepreneurship. It will be essential reading for leadership coaches, practitioners and business people, particularly those who facilitate leadership programs for women
    Note: Contributors include: K. Assylkhan, A.M.B. Austin, A.L. Bartels, J. Baxter, L.L. Bierema, D. Bilimoria, M. Bligh, D.L. Bray, R.J. Burke, C. Campbell, C. Clerkin, L.E. Devnew, A.B. Diehl, L.M. Dzubinski, C. Egan, C. Elliot, W. Fox-Kirk, R.A. Gardiner, K.R. Gibson, C. Glass, E. Goryunova, G. Grandy, C. Harman, D.M. Hatmaker, C.L. Hoyt, A. Ingersoll, A. Ito, M. Janzen Le Ber, M.E. Kassotakis, K.E. Kram, S. Kumra, S. Leberman, K.A. Longman, S.R. Madsen, S. Mavin, W.M. Murphy, K. Natt Och Dag, F.W. Ngunjiri, S.J. Peterson, K. Pick, D.L. Rhode, R.T. Scribner, R. Sealy, M. Shapiro, S. Simon, A.E. Smith, V. Stead, J. Storberg-Walker, C. van Esch, J. Williams, M.S. Wilson , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786439987
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (168 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in international business series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Pearce, Robert, 1943 - The development of international business
    RVK:
    Keywords: Internationale Geschäftsbeziehungen ; Multinationales Unternehmen ; Auslandsinvestition ; Theorie der Unternehmung ; International business enterprises History 20th century ; International trade ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftsforschung ; Multinationales Unternehmen
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Multinationals: -- in theory and practice -- 2. From FDI to the MNE: -- Hymer and the roots of ownership advantage -- 3. From innovation to internationalisation: the product cycle model -- 4. From multi-domestic hierarchy to network hierarchy -- 5. Trade and FDI revisited: -- the role of location -- 6. Internalisation: ownership advantage as an intermediate good -- 7. The knowledge-seeking transition: -- decentralising innovation and R&D -- 8. Multinationals from emerging economies: a new challenge of practice to theory -- 9. Evaluating the multinationals: -- a coda -- Index.
    Abstract: The Development of International Business offers an extensive understanding of contemporary international business through detailed, engaging discussion of the development of the multinational enterprise (MNE) over the past half-century. By providing an analytically informed basis for understanding MNEs, two parallel strands of analysis in International Business (IB) are reviewed: the 'theoretical' and the 'practical'. Firstly, Robert Pearce identifies how the practical restructuring of the MNE as an organisational form has responded to changes in the wider global economy and how this evolution has interacted with the enrichment of theory on the topic. Secondly, by tracing the persisting dynamics of the MNE's structure and strategic positioning, he demonstrates the use of these systems and how they can help to understand and organise the future evolution of not only MNEs but of international business as a whole. Highly accessible with an informed overview of the entire IB subject area, The Development of International Business is an essential text for students and academics of business, management, economics and development. More generally, business leaders, economists and politicians will value the exceptional insight into the progression of international business and its future
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785365041
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research methodologies and design in neuroentrepreneurship
    DDC: 338
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmer ; Neurowissenschaften ; Neuroökonomie ; Entrepreneurship Psychological aspects ; Entrepreneurship Methodology ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. Introduction / Mellani Day, Mary C. Boardman and Norris Krueger -- Part I -- Neuroscience principles, techniques and tools -- 2. Brain-driven entrepreneurship research: -- A Review and research agenda / Víctor Pérez-Centeno -- 3. Human psychophysiological and genetic approaches in neuroentrepreneurship / Marco Colosio, Cristiano Bellavitis and Alexey Gorin -- 4. Unpacking neuroentrepreneurship: conducting entrepreneurship research with EEG technologies / Martin De Holan and Cyril Couffe -- 5. A brief primer on using functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) in entrepreneurship research / M. K. Ward, Crystal Reeck and William Becker -- 6. Experimental methodological principles for entrepreneurship research using neuroscience techniques / Víctor Pérez-Centeno -- Part II -- Neuroscience applications - entrepreneurial judgement, decision-making and cognition -- 7. Entrepreneurial return on investment through a neuroentrepreneurship lens / Mellani Day and Mary C. Boardman -- 8. The cognitive neuroscience of entrepreneurial risk: -- conceptual and methodological challenges / Kelly G. Shaver, Leon Schjoedt, Angela Passarelli and Crystal Reeck -- 9. A few words about entrepreneurial learning, training and brain plasticity / Aparna Sud -- 10. A few words about Neuro-experimental designs for the study of emotions and cognitions in entrepreneurship / Theresa Treffers -- 11. Which tool should I use? Neuroscientific technologies for brain-driven entrepreneurship researchers / Víctor Pérez-Centeno -- 12. A few words about what neuroentrepreneurship can and cannot help us with / Sean Guillory, Mary C. Boardman and Mellani Day -- Index.
    Abstract: This Handbook provides an overview of neuroscience-driven research methodologies and how those methodologies might be applied to theory-based research in the nascent field of neuroentrepreneurship. A key challenge of this field is that few neuroscientists are trained as entrepreneurship scholars and few entrepreneurship scholars are trained as neuroscientists, but this book skillfully bridges that gap. Expert contributors include concrete examples of new ways to conduct research in their contributions, which have the potential to shed light onto areas such as decision making and opportunity recognition and allow neuroentrepreneurs to ask different, perhaps better, questions than ever before. This Handbook also presents current thinking and examples of pioneering work, serves as a reference for those wishing to incorporate these methods into their own research, and provides several helpful discussions on the nature of answerable questions using neuroscience techniques. Neuroentrepreneurship is an important, emerging field for neuroscientists and entrepreneurship scholars alike. For the former audience, this book presents concrete research questions and entrepreneurship applications; for the latter, it serves as a primer and introduction to neuroscientific methods. Graduate students studying entrepreneurship, and practitioners who are keen to promote innovation and entrepreneurial skills in their leadership, will also find this Handbook to be of interest
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784711016
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (240 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in institutional and evolutionary economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Jones, Colin, 1966 - An autecological theory of the firm and its environment
    DDC: 302.3/5
    Keywords: Theorie der Unternehmung ; Ökologie ; Organisationstheorie ; Ecology ; Business enterprises Social aspects ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Unternehmenstheorie ; Autökologie
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: An alternative theory of the firm -- 1. Why we need an alternative theory of the firm and its environment -- Part II: The firm and its environment -- 2. What is a firm? -- 3. What is an environment? -- 4. Modification and matching -- Part III: Explaining adaptation -- 5. The case of transferred demand and other observations -- Part IV: Towards an autecological approach -- 6. Methodological issues -- 7. Opportunities and future directions -- Index.
    Abstract: The ecological study of f ...
    Note: Includes index
    URL: FULL  ((Currently Only Available on Campus))
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781783478293
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Young, Dennis R., 1943 - Financing nonprofits and other social enterprises
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensfinanzierung ; Nonprofit-Organisation ; Sozialwirtschaft ; Nonprofit organizations Finance ; Electronic books ; Nonprofit-Bereich ; Finanzierung
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword by Bill Bolling -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Cross-currents in SPO finance -- 3. Benefits theory -- 4. The nature of benefits and their financing -- 5. Fee-reliant SPOs -- 6. Contributions-reliant spos -- 7. Government-reliant SPOs -- 8. Investment income-reliant SPOs -- 9. Mixed income strategies -- 10. Capital financing -- 11. Income portfolios -- 12. Benefits thinking : ideas and tools for practice -- Index.
    Abstract: Benefits theory connects an organization's mission, the public and private benefits it produces, and the societal groups that it benefits, to an appropriate income mix. This book applies benefits theory to the financing of nonprofit and other social purpose organizations to guide managers and leaders towards finding the best mix of income sources for their organizations, to help educate future managers about resource development and to stimulate additional research on the financing of nonprofits and other forms of social enterprise. Individual chapters are devoted to organizations primarily reliant on earned income, gifts, government support and investment income, respectively, as well as to organizations that are well diversified in their sources of operating support. Each type of income, as well as mixed income portfolios are analyzed in depth. Detailed case studies of contemporary social purpose organizations are discussed throughout the book, and templates are provided to help leaders apply benefits theory to analyze the income opportunities and portfolios of their own organizations. Comprehensive and practitioner-friendly, this book is suitable not only for teaching graduate and undergraduate students in non-profit management, social enterprise, public administration and business management, but also for informing practicing managers, teachers and researchers, and funders of social purpose organizations
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784718602
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (272 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on place branding and marketing
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Standortmarketing ; Destinationsmanagement ; Tourismusforschung ; Nachhaltige Stadtentwicklung ; Regionalentwicklung ; Trend ; Internationaler Tourismus ; Branding (Marketing) ; Electronic books ; Standortpolitik ; Tourismusforschung ; Regionalentwicklung
    Abstract: Contents: Section 1: Place branding: strategies and perspectives -- 1. The state of art: from country-of-origin to strategies for economic development / Adriana Campelo -- 2. Place branding in strategic spatial planning: challenges and opportunities of branding regions / Eduardo Oliveira and Gregory Ashworth -- 3. The cultural branding matrix: framing the relation between cultural institutions and city branding / Cecilia Pasquinelli -- 4. 'Like a pair of worn-out slippers': place attraction factors among return migrants to peripheral places / Helle Dalsgaard Pedersen and Anette Therkelsen -- Section 2: Place making -- 5. Place brand meaning-making: culture, ethos and habitus / Adriana Campelo -- 6. "I love this place": tourists' destination brand love / Kathryn Swanson, Dominic Medway, and Gary Warnaby -- 7. Programmatic authenticity: culinary place branding in Greenland / Søren Askegaard, Dannie Kjeldgaard, and Eric Arnould -- 8. Smell it, taste it, listen it, touch it, and see it to make sense of this place / Adriana Campelo -- Section 3: Methodologies for place branding -- 9. Multisensory place branding: a manifesto for research / Dominic Medway and Gary Warnaby -- 10. Place branding and place narratives / Maria Lichrou, Maurice Patterson and Lisa O'Malley -- 11. Place brand biography: something special or same old story? / Stephen Brown -- Section 4: Urban issues -- 12. Mobility, marketing, and the experience of the city / Gary Warnaby and Christopher J. Parker -- 13. Pretty vacant? -- Implications of neglect and emptiness for urban aesthetics and place branding / Gary Warnaby and Dominic Medway -- 14. Trends and final remarks / Adriana Campelo -- Index.
    Abstract: Place branding as an academic field is both challenging and under explored. In the face of an ever-expanding global urban population, this Handbook illustrates how place branding can contribute to transforming urban agglomeration into sustainable and healthy areas. The Chapters cover four key areas; place branding as a tool for economic development, experiences of place making, methodologies to develop place brands, and urban regeneration. Pioneering experts provide in-depth analysis on the politics and significance of place branding's inclusion in economic development programs, the multisensory dimensions of sense of place, and new epistemologies and methodologies for research. They further examine the role of place marketing in combatting challenges for future cities such as mobility, aesthetics and metropolitan conurbation. Students and scholars in management, marketing and economics will find this innovative and contemporary Handbook a must read. Eminently practical, it will also benefit policy makers and place planners, alongside consultants on public policies. Place branding as an academic field is both challenging and under explored. In the face of an ever-expanding global urban population, this Handbook illustrates how place branding can contribute to transforming urban agglomeration into sustainable and healthy areas. The Chapters cover four key areas; place branding as a tool for economic development, experiences of place making, methodologies to develop place brands, and urban regeneration. Pioneering experts provide in-depth analysis on the politics and significance of place branding's inclusion in economic development programs, the multisensory dimensions of sense of place, and new epistemologies and methodologies for research. They further examine the role of place marketing in combatting challenges for future cities such as mobility, aesthetics and metropolitan conurbation. Students and scholars in management, marketing and economics will find this innovative and contemporary Handbook a must read. Eminently practical, it will also benefit policy makers and place planners, alongside consultants on public policies
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785363719
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (192 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurial identity
    Keywords: Unternehmer ; Identity theory ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. Entrepreneurial identity : professional virtues moderate attraction and persistence / Thomas N. Duening -- 2. The entrepreneur in the age of discursive reproduction : whence comes entrepreneurial identity? / Rebecca Gill -- 3. Visualizing Bill Gates and Richard Branson as comic book heroes : an examination of the role of cartoon and caricature in the parodization of the entrepreneurial persona / Robert Smith and David Boje -- 4. Entrepreneurial identity and motivation / Blake Mathias -- 5. Learning to become entrepreneurial : fostering entrepreneurial identity & habits / Karen Williams-Middleton and Anne Donnellon -- 6. Teaching the aspiring entrepreneur / Matthew L. Metzger -- Index.
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship is an academic discipline that, despite decades of growth in research and teaching activity lacks a traditionally distinct or common pedagogy. In this book, editors Thomas N. Duening and Matthew L. Metzger explore entrepreneurial identity as a new basis upon which curricula can be constructed for aspiring entrepreneurs. Critically, this perspective is based on the insight that there is a fundamental difference between venture development and entrepreneur development. Unfortunately, most current interventions for aspiring entrepreneurs focus on the former at the expense of the latter. The editors have collected work from an international team of authors with diverse views on how identity theory applies to entrepreneur development. Chapters focus primarily on macro-level identity issues (that is, how do these entrepreneurial archetypes form, persist, and sometimes change) or micro-level identity issues (that is, how can educators and resource providers identify, communicate, and incentivize identity construction among aspiring entrepreneurs). This book provides a general theoretical background and offers numerous suggestions for application and further research. One example of this is the 'For Further Reading' feature at the end of each chapter which is perfect for assisting those who want to delve deeper into various topics. This essential resource will be of interest to researchers, resource providers and students alike
    Note: Contributors include: D. Boje, A. Donnellon, T.N. Duening, R. Gill, B. Mathias, M.L. Metzger, R. Smith, K. Williams-Middleton , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784718183
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (576 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of expatriates
    RVK:
    Keywords: Auslandsaufenthalt ; Hochqualifizierte Arbeitskräfte ; Geschichte ; Trend ; Aliens ; Expatriation ; Foreign workers ; Electronic books ; Unternehmen ; Mitarbeiter ; Auslandstätigkeit ; Personalpolitik ; Auswanderin ; Auswanderer
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword / J. Stewart Black -- Part I History of expatriate studies and its current state of play -- 1. Introduction : overview of early expatriate studies, 1952 to 1979 / Yvonne McNulty and Jan Selmer -- 2. The concept of business expatriates / Yvonne McNulty and Chris Brewster -- 3. Expatriates : a thematic research history / Jan Selmer -- Part II Historical and contemporary foundations of expatriate studies -- 4. Expatriate adjustment / Thomas Hippler, Arno Haslberger and Chris Brewster -- 5. Expatriate performance / Leanda Care and Ross Donohue -- 6. Expatriates to and from developed and developing countries / Lisa Clarke, Akhentoolove Corbin and Bettyjane Punnett -- 7. Global talent management : what does it mean for expatriates? / David G. Collings and Michael Isichei -- 8. Expatriates' safety and security during crisis / Anthony Fee -- Part III Types of expatriates -- 9. Self-initiated expatriates / Jan Selmer, Maike Andresen and Jean-Luc Cerdin -- 10. Lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and intersex (LGBTI) expatriates / Ruth McPhail -- 11. Inpatriates : a review, synthesis and outlook of two decades of research / Miriam Moeller and B. Sebastian Reiche -- 12. Female expatriates : towards a more inclusive view / Kate Hutchings and Snejina Michailova -- 13. Millennial expatriates / Marian Crowley-Henry and Mary Collins -- 14. International business travellers, short-term assignees and international commuters / Liisa Mäkelä, Kati Saarenpää and Yvonne McNulty -- Part IV Expatriates in diverse communities -- 15. Military expatriates / Kelly L. Fisher -- 16. Missionary (religious) expatriates / Braam Oberholster and Cheryl Doss -- 17. Expatriate academics : an era of higher education internationalization / Jan Selmer, Jodie-Lee Trembath and Jakob Lauring -- 18. Sports expatriates / Harald Dolles and Birnir Egilsson -- 19. Expatriates in aidland : humanitarian aid and development workers and volunteers / Anthony Fee -- Part V Researching expatriates and expatriates as researchers -- 20. Methodological issues in expatriate studies and future directions / Phyllis Tharenou -- 21. Expatriate research for and with practitioners / Michael Dickmann -- 22. Case study research on expatriates / Julia Richardson -- Part VI Future directions in expatriate research -- 23. Biculturals, monoculturals, and adult third culture kids : individual differences in identities and outcomes / Kathrin J. Hanek -- 24. global families / Min Wan, Romila Singh and Margaret A. Shaffer -- 25. Publishing research on expatriates : advice for PhD. candidates and early career researchers / Jan Selmer and Yvonne McNulty -- Index
    Abstract: Constituting a comprehensive and carefully designed collection of contributions, the Research Handbook of Expatriates provides a nuanced and up-to-date discussion of expatriates. Theoretically broad and groundbreaking, it offers important and contemporary insights into emerging areas of research warranting future consideration. Drawing upon a range of perspectives from the field's most distinguished academics, contributions review the history of the literature in relation to expatriates, from the development of the expatriate construct through to the current state of research on business expatriates. Subsequent chapters progress into detailed examinations of the various types of business expatriates including LGBT, self-initiated expatriates, female assignees, inpatriates, international business travellers and commuters, and millennials. Other themes include expatriate performance, adjustment, expatriates to and from developing countries, global talent management, and expatriates' safety and security. The Research Handbook also covers expatriates in diverse communities such as education, military, missionary, sports and 'Aidland', and provides additional commentaries relating to methodological issues, research with practitioners, case studies, biculturals and ATCKs, and global families. The Research Handbook concludes with publishing advice for PhD and early career researchers. Stimulating insightful new areas of study, this collection is a must read for academics and scholars in the field of expatriate research, international management, global human resource management and business administration. It also offer a wealth of guidance for executives and recruiters along with expatriates and professionals who may expatriate
    Note: Contributors: M. Andresen, C. Brewster, L. Care, J.-L. Cerdin, L. Clarke, D. Collings, M. Collins, M. Crowley-Henry, A. Corbin, M. Dickmann, H. Dolles, R. Donohue, B. Egilsson, A. Fee, K.L. Fisher, K.J. Hanek, A. Haslberger, T. Hippler, K. Hutchings, M. Isichei, J. Lauring, L. Mäkelä, Y. McNulty, R. McPhail, S. Michailova, M. Moeller, B. Oberholster, B.J. Punnett, B.S. Reiche, J. Richardson, K. Saarenpää, J. Selmer, M. Shaffer, R. Singh, P. Tharenou, J.-L. Trembath, M. Wan
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786432797
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Universities and the entrepreneurial ecosystem
    Keywords: Universitäre Forschung ; Forschungskooperation ; Unternehmensgründung ; Entrepreneurship Social aspects ; Business incubators ; Entrepreneurship ; University-based new business enterprises ; Electronic books ; Universität ; Investitionspolitik ; Wissens- und Technologietransfer
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / David B. Audretsch and Albert N. Link -- Part I -- University entrepreneurship -- 1. Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2003), 'U.S. Science Parks: the diffusion of an innovation and its effects on the academic missions of universities', International Journal of Industrial Organization, 21 (9), November, 1323-56 -- 2. Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2005), 'Opening the ivory tower's door: an analysis of the determinants of the formation of U.S. University spin-off companies', research policy, 34 (7), September, 1106-12 -- 3. Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2006), 'U.S. University Research Parks', Journal of Productivity Analysis, 25 (1), April, 43-55 -- 4. T. Taylor Aldridge and David Audretsch (2011), 'The Bayh-Dole Act and scientist entrepreneurship', research policy, 40 (8), October, 1058-67 -- 5. T. Taylor Aldridge, David Audretsch, Sameeksha Desai and Venkata Nadella (2014), 'Scientist entrepreneurship across scientific fields', Journal of Technology Transfer, 39 (6), December, 819-35 -- Part II: University technology transfer -- 6. David B. Audretsch, Erik E. Lehmann and Susanne Warning (2005), 'University spillovers and new firm location', research policy, 34 (7), September, 1113-22 -- 7. Albert N. Link, Donald S. Siegel and Barry Bozeman (2007), 'An empirical analysis of the propensity of academics to engage in informal university technology transfer', industrial and corporate change, 16 (4), August, 641-55 -- 8. Ahmed Alshumaimri, Taylor Aldridge and David B. Audretsch (2010), 'The University Technology transfer revolution in Saudi Arabia', Journal of Technology Transfer, 35 (6), December, 585-96 -- Part III: Complementary nature of university-based research -- 9. Albert N. Link and John Rees (1990), 'Firm size, university based research, and the returns to R&D', Small Business Economics, 2 (1), March, 25-31 -- 10. Zoltan J. Acs, David B. Audretsch and Maryann P. Feldman (1992), 'Real effects of academic research: comment', American Economic Review, 82 (1), March, 363-7 -- 11. David B. Audretsch and Paula E. Stephan (1996), 'Company-scientist locational links: the case of biotechnology', American Economic Review, 86 (3), June, 641-52 -- 12. Dennis Patrick Leyden and Albert N. Link (2013), 'Knowledge spillovers, collective entrepreneurship, and economic growth: the role of universities', Small Business Economics, 41 (4), December, 797-817 -- Part IV: Universities as research partners -- 13. Bronwyn H. Hall, Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2003), 'Universities as research partners', Review of Economics and Statistics, 85 (2), May, 485-91 -- 14. David B. Audretsch, Dennis P. Leyden and Albert N. Link (2012), 'Universities as research oartners', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 21 (5-6), September, 529-45 -- 15. Marco Guerzoni, T. Taylor Aldridge, David B. Audretsch and Sameeksha Desai (2014), 'A new industry creation and originality: insight from the funding sources of university patents', Research Policy, 43 (10), December, 1697-707 -- Index.
    Abstract: This book brings together leading research and scholarship on one of the newest and most compelling forces of economic growth, dynamism and innovation - entrepreneurial ecosystems. Particular emphasis is given to the role of innovation, startups, SMEs and technology transfer in shaping the entrepreneurial ecosystem, as well as its impact on firm performance and regional economic performance. From the perspectives of theory, empirical analysis and public policy, this book shows why entrepreneurial ecosystems have become the new economic superstars in the global economy. It provides explicit analysis of policies promoting entrepreneurship and entrepreneurial ecosystems, and examines the link between entrepreneurial ecosystems and universities. This timely collection of research will be of interest not only to academics and scholars in economics and management, but also to thought leaders in public policy and business
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786436337
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (160 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Employees Abuse of ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. Emotion, its function and emancipation from social control -- 3. Emancipation from emotional repression through emotion regulation -- 4. Conclusion -- Index.
    Abstract: Emotion is often used by organizations to manipulate and repress workers. However, this repression can have adverse psychological and social consequences for them. This book articulates the pathways through which this repression occurs, and offers emotion regulation as a tool for workers to emancipate themselves from this repression and social control. Bringing together the largely unconnected literatures on critical theory and emotion regulation, this book articulates two pathways to social control currently underexplored in management: one where the social functions of emotion are exploited, and one where discussions about emotion override its social function. The author illustrates the processes through which workers can start to 'see through' the repression, and enlist emotion regulation strategies to emancipate themselves from it. These strategies may work in the short to medium term but, in the long term, workers may eventually change jobs. If staff turnover becomes unsustainable, the organization can seek to change the social structures causing the repression of workers in the first place. Combining fresh theoretical insights with practically informed vignettes, this book will appeal to academics and students across many social science disciplines, including business studies, organization studies, cognitive change, sociology and psychology. Both practising managers and disenchanted workers will also find this an enlightening read
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785364747
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Gender and entrepreneurial activity
    DDC: 338/.04/081
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Geschlechterunterschiede ; Geschlechterdiskriminierung ; Entrepreneurship Sex differences ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Gender and entrepreneurial activity : an overview / Albert N. Link -- 2. The psychology of the entrepreneur and the gender gap in entrepreneurship / Olga Bentsson, Tino Sanandaji and Magnus Johannesson -- 3. Female immigrant entrepreneurship in Germany / David B. Audretsch, Erik E. Lehmann, and Katharine Wirsching -- 4. Gender and entrepreneurship : selected stylized propositions, a simple empirical illustration, and some comparisons / Rajeev K. Goel, Devrim Göktepe-Hultén, and Rati Ram -- 5. Apparel industry entrepreneurs and small business owners : exploring gender within a global context / Nancy Hodges, Kittichai Watchravesringkan, Miranda Williams, Jennifer Yurchisin, Elena Karpova, Sara Marcketti, Jane Hegland, and Ruoh-Man (Terry) Yan -- 6. Barriers to academic entrepreneurship among women : a review of the constituent literatures / Marla Parker, Christopher S. Hayter, Lauren Lynch, and Rasheeda Mohammed -- 7. Elucidating the process : why women patent less than men / Erin Leahey and Amelia Blume -- 8. Corruption and entrepreneurship : does gender matter? / Claudia Trentini and Malinka Koparanova -- 9. Gender differences and academic entrepreneurship : a study of scientists in the principal investigator role / James A. Cunningham, Paul O'Reilly, Brendan Dolan, Conor O'Kane, and Vincent Mangematin -- 10. Reducing the gender gap in angel investing : the rising tide program / Susan Coleman and Alicia Robb -- 11. Gender in entrepreneurial finance : matching investors and entrepreneurs in equity crowdfunding / Silvio Vismara, Davide Benaroio, and Federica Carne -- 12. Gender and institutional environments in stem fields entrepreneurship / Margaret E. Blume-Kohout -- Index.
    Abstract: There is growing interest in the relationship between gender and entrepreneurial activity. In this book, 37 eminent scholars from diverse academic disciplines contribute cutting-edge research that addresses, from a gender perspective, three general areas of importance: key characteristics of entrepreneurs, key performance attributes of entrepreneurial firms, and the role of financial capital in the establishment and growth of entrepreneurial firms. Each chapter focuses on original, burgeoning themes related to gender and entrepreneurship, with forward-looking research that highlights key findings. For example, some authors show how the so-called 'gender divide' in patenting is greater than in publishing for academic entrepreneurs. Others explore the corruption in business practices, which is less for women entrepreneurs than their male counterparts, and explain why gender diversity is higher in equity crowdfunding than in other entrepreneurial finance markets. The book takes a global approach, offering examples of entrepreneurs from around the world. Scholars and students interested in entrepreneurship and the role of gender in business will find this volume informative and eye opening
    Note: Contributors include: D.B. Audretsch, D. Benaroio, O. Bengtsson, A. Blume, M.E. Blume-Kohout, F. Carne, S. Coleman, J.A. Cunningham, B. Dolan, R.K. Goel, D. Göktepe-Hultén, C.S. Hayter, J. Hegland, N. Hodges, M. Johannesson, E. Karpova, M. Koparanova, E. Leahey, E.E. Lehmann, A.N. Link, L. Lynch, V. Mangematin, S. Marcketti, R. Mohammed, C. O'Kane, P. O'Reilly, M. Parker, R. Ram, A. Robb, T. Sanandaji, C. Trentini, S. Vismara, K. Watchravesringkan, M. Williams, K. Wirsching, R.-N. Yan, J. Yurchisin , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    ISBN: 9781785361241
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (704 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of sustainability in management education
    DDC: 650/.0711
    RVK:
    Keywords: Führungskräfteentwicklung ; Betriebswirtschaftsstudium ; Nachhaltigkeit ; Management Study and teaching ; Electronic books ; Führungskraft ; Ausbildung ; Nachhaltigkeit
    Abstract: Contents: introduction -- Part I: Theorizing the field of sustainability in management education (SiME) development in practice -- 1. Business cases for sustainability-integrated management education / Melissa Edwards, Suzanne Benn, and Mark Starik -- 2. Reforming the delinquent organization: academia's impactful tribute to society / Frederick Ahen -- 3. Critical reflection and transformative learning: the development of shared value rationality in the teaching of strategy for sustainability / Janette Brunstein, Marta Fabiano Sambiase, and Marcos Bidart Carneiro De Novaes -- 4. Sustainability in management education: an alternative paradigm based on critical pedagogy and substantive rationality / Soraia Schutel, Emmanuel Raufflet, Paola Schmitt Figueiró, and Pedro Roberto Jacobi -- 5. Sustainability as a university value: a journey from awareness to behavior change / Erik E. Nordman, Norman Christopher, and Yumiko Jakobcic -- 6. The importance of philosophical and anthropological knowledge in management education regarding sustainability / Angela Vidal Da Silva Martins -- Part II: Exploring transformational interventions in SiME -- 7. Mission possible: introducing sustainability as an experiential entrepreneurship activity / Leo T. Wong -- 8. A review of the pedagogical tools, games, and simulations in the sustainability classroom / Claire A. Simmers, and Sara Soderstrom -- 9. Developing the sustainability mindset / Isabel Rimanoczy -- 10. Sustainability learning processes: concepts, benchmarking, development and integration / Farley Simon Nobre, Jorge A. Arevalo and Shelley F. Mitchell -- 11. Expansive learning through contradictions of sustainability / Martin Albert, Julia Breßler, and Stefan Hüsig -- 12. Sustainability through stakeholder value creation: redesigning an MBA curriculum / Richard Miller, R. Greg Bell, Dale Fodness, and J. Lee Whittington -- 13. Gender and sustainable management education: exploring the missing link / Jannine Williams, Elina Meliou, and Jorge A. Arevalo -- Part III: Understanding change agents and reform accelerators' roles -- 14. The role of management education in transdisciplinary collaborations for sustainable social-economic-ecological systems / Susan L. Manring -- 15. Journeying towards responsible citizenship and sustainability / Martin Brueckner, Rochelle Spencer, Megan Paull, Antonia Girardi, Steve Klomp -- 16. University sustainability reporting: a review of the literature and development of a model / Alan J. Richardson, Meghan D. Kachler -- 17. External facilitators of sustainable management education (EFSUMEs) and their role in promoting sustainable management education in higher education / Diego Vazquez-Brust, Natalia Yakovleva -- 18. University experiential learning partnerships as living laboratories for sustainability / Adam Sulkowski -- Part IV: Sustaining long term programs through innovation -- 19. The influence of temporality on students' learning processes: lessons from a service- learning program in Brazil / Luciano Barin Cruz, and Marlei Pozzebon -- 20. Sustainable entrepreneurship undergraduate education: a community of practice perspective / Marcela Ramirez Pasillas, and Quang Evansluong -- 21. Faculty experiences with teaching sustainability in management education: a study of select management institutions in India / Kaushik Ranjan Bandyopadhyay, and Ritika Mahajan -- 22. Enabling sustainability in management education / Paul Miesing, Linda Krzykowski, and Eliot Rich -- 23. Sustainable MBAs: a phase model development of sustainability in MBA education / Timothy A. Hart, Corey J. Fox, John Korstad, and Erin E. Nill -- 24. Managing for sustainability: -- Designing a successful undergraduate program / Neil Boyd, Jamie R. Hendry, Tammy Bunn Hiller, and Eric Martin -- Part VI: Conclusion -- Index.
    Abstract: This Handbook strives to ...
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781782545569
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (456 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on corporate governance and entrepreneurship
    RVK:
    Keywords: Corporate Governance ; Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmensgründung ; KMU ; Corporate governance ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Entrepreneurship ; Corporate Governance
    Abstract: Contents: Part I Corporate governance and entrepreneurship as a research field -- 1. Corporate governance and entrepreneurship: Current states and future directions / Jonas Gabrielsson -- 2. Governance theory: Origins and implications for researching boards and governance in entrepreneurial firms / Jonas Gabrielsson and Morten Huse -- Part II Corporate governance in start-ups and early stage ventures -- 3. Advisory boards in entrepreneurial companies / Eythor Ivar Johnson -- 4. Top management team organization of high-tech venture firms: Structural arrangements and their potential consequences / Till Talaulicar -- 5. Research on board of directors in high-tech start-ups: An assessment and suggestions for future research -- Ekaterina S. Bjornali -- 6. Corporate governance in early stage high tech ventures: The impact of top management team and outside board human capital on innovation speed / Elien Vandenbroucke and Mirjam Knockaert -- 7. The effects of private equity investors on the governance of companies -- Stefano Bonini and Vincenzo Capizzi -- Part III Corporate governance in SMEs -- 8. Corporate governance practices in smaller privately held businesses - insights from the Rhine Valley region / Susanne Durst and Julia Brunold -- 9. Alliance governance in entrepreneurial firms: The influence of family control and organizational size / Daniel Pittino, Franscesca Visintin and Paola Mazzurana -- 10. Corporate governance and innovation in small entrepreneurial firms: The board chairperson's role / Daniel Yar Hamidi and Jonas Gabrielsson -- Part IV Corporate governance in fast growing firms and IPOs -- 11. An engagement theory of governance: The dynamics of governance structures in high growth, high potential firms / Teresa Nelson and Huseyin Leblebici -- 12. Founder status and defensive mechanisms at IPO: Evidence from French firms / Asma Fattoum and Frédéric Delmar -- 13. Corporate governance and accounting in small growing firms: A comparison of financial reporting and cost of debt across Gazelles and Non-Gazelles / Marita Blomkvist and Mari Paananen -- Part V Corporate governance and corporate entrepreneurship -- 14. Corporate governance and corporate entrepreneurship in different organisational forms / Elin Smith and Sven-Olof Collin -- 15. Corporate entrepreneurship in a large company - skunk works or guided evolution? / Seppo Laukkanen, Martin Lindell and Anssi Vanioki -- Index
    Abstract: Issues and challenges surrounding corporate governance in entrepreneurial firms remain relatively unexamined. The Handbook of Research on Corporate Governance and Entrepreneurship brings together leading academic experts within their specific fields to examine the most important issues surrounding corporate governance in various entrepreneurial settings, including start-ups, owner-managed firms, fast-growing firms and IPOs. The Handbook also considers how corporate governance and board leadership is associated with entrepreneurship and innovation in mature companies. Detailed chapters span a wide range of topics, methodologies and levels of analysis, all designed to contribute to advancements in the understanding of corporate governance in entrepreneurial firms. The Handbook begins with a succinct investigation into governance and entrepreneurship as a research field, followed by clearly delineated and thematic parts dedicated to different business settings. Key topics include governance in early stage, high-tech ventures and dynamics of governance structures in high-growth, high-potential firms. This innovative Handbook will provide fresh insights and unique practical perspectives for advanced students and academics in business management and entrepreneurship. Collectively, the chapters provide new insights into the topic across different organizational and geographical settings and offer guidance to practitioners and policy-makers working within these domains
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    ISBN: 9781785364624
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurial ecosystems and growth of women's entrepreneurship
    DDC: 338/.04082
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Weibliche Führungskräfte ; Entwicklungsländer ; Entrepreneurship ; Women in finance ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entwicklungsländer ; Weibliche Führungskraft ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: Part I -- Cross-Country Comparisons -- 1. Entrepreneurial ecosystems and growth of women's entrepreneurship / Tatiana S. Manolova, Candida G. Brush, Linda F. Edelman, Alicia Robb and Friederike Welter -- 2. Women entrepreneurship within the ASEAN economic community: challenges and opportunities / Ulrike Guelich and Siri Roland Xavier -- 3. Women's entrepreneurship in Latin America and the Caribbean: a multidimensional approach / Daniela Gimenez, Patricia Gabaldon and Cathrine Seierstad -- Part II -- Country Studies -- 4. Survived, but cannot prosper! Examining the impact of gender inequality on success of women-owned entrepreneurial ventures through a liberal feminist lens / Dev K. Dutta and R. Isil Yavuz -- 5. Assessing the relational embeddedness of women entrepreneurs in entrepreneurial ecosystems: a social network perspective / Xaver Neumeyer, Susana C. Santos and Julia Poncela-Casasnovas -- 6. Socio-economic background: a key element in understanding growth aspirations of women entrepreneurs in the tourism industry in Tanzania / Irene M. Lugalla, Luchien Karsten, and Clemens Lutz -- 7. Understanding motivation of women entrepreneurs in Ethiopia / Atsede T. Hailemariam, Brigitte Kroon and M.J.P.M. van Veldhoven -- 8. Exploring entrepreneurial finance and gender in an emergent entrepreneurial ecosystem: the case of the Punjab, northern India / Navjot Sandhu, Jonathan M. Scott, Jenny Gibb, Javed Ghulam Hussain, Michèle Akoorie and Paresha Sinha -- 9. Chilean entrepreneurial ecosystem: understanding the gender gap in entrepreneurial activity / José Ernesto Amorós and Vesna Mandakovic -- Part III -- Public Policy Implications -- 10. Gender equality in regional entrepreneurial ecosystems: the implementation of policy initiatives / Gry Agnete Alsos, Margrete Haugum and Elisabet Ljunggren -- 11. Women's entrepreneurship policy: a 13-nation cross country comparison / Colette Henry, Barbara Orser, Susan Coleman, Lene Foss and Friederike Welter -- Index.
    Abstract: The renowned group of international contributors to this volume provide analysis of where and how gender plays a role in the entrepreneurial ecosystem. Eleven essays examine how ecosystems influence women entrepreneurs and how women entrepreneurs influence their local ecosystems, both cross-nationally and through in-depth country studies. The studies build on rich qualitative and quantitative data from diverse contexts including the United States, Norway, India, Tanzania, Ethiopia, and Chile. A special section of the book examines national and regional policies in support of growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship. The contributions highlight the significant variety of entrepreneurial ecosystems around the world and provide valuable insights for promoting growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship at the local, regional, and country level. Academic researchers in the areas of entrepreneurship, management, business strategy, economic geography, and gender studies as well as policy-makers at the regional, national, and supra-national levels will all find something valuable in this illuminating book. The renowned group of international contributors to this volume provide analysis of where and how gender plays a role in the entrepreneurial ecosystem. Eleven essays examine how ecosystems influence women entrepreneurs and how women entrepreneurs influence their local ecosystems, both cross-nationally and through in-depth country studies. The studies build on rich qualitative and quantitative data from diverse contexts including the United States, Norway, India, Tanzania, Ethiopia, and Chile. A special section of the book examines national and regional policies in support of growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship. The contributions highlight the significant variety of entrepreneurial ecosystems around the world and provide valuable insights for promoting growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship at the local, regional, and country level. Academic researchers in the areas of entrepreneurship, management, business strategy, economic geography, and gender studies as well as policy-makers at the regional, national, and supra-national levels will all find something valuable in this illuminating book
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784718923
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1,192 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Keywords: Economic forecasting ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): KLEIN, Judy L. (1997), Statistical Visions in Time. A History of Time Series Analysis, 1662-1938, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. -- MORGAN, Mary S. (1990), The History of Econometric Ideas, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. -- MOORE, Henry L. (1923), Generating Economic Cycles, New York: Macmillan. -- MITCHELL, Wesley C. (1913), Business Cycles and their Causes. Berkeley: California University Memoirs, Volume 3. -- PERSONS, Warren M. (1924a), Some Fundamental Concepts of Statistics, Journal of the American Statistical Association, 19, 1-8. -- PERSONS, Warren M. (1924b), The Problem of Business Forecasting, Pollak Foundation for Economic Research Publications, No. 6, London: Pitman. -- SAMUELSON, Paul A. (1987), Paradise Lost and Refound: The Harvard ABC Barometers, Journal of Portfolio Management, 4, 4-9. -- MARGET, Albert W. (1929), Morgenstern on the Methodology of Economic Forecasting, Journal of Political Economy, 37, 312-339. -- LUCAS, Robert E. (1976), Econometric Policy Evaluation: A Critique, in K. Brunner and A. Meltzer (editors), The Phillips Curve and Labor Markets, Vol. 1 of Carnegie-Rochester Conferences on Public Policy, 19-46, Amsterdam: North-Holland. -- MARRIS, Robin L. (1954), The Position of Economics and Economists in the Government Machine: a Comparative Critique of the United Kingdom and the Netherlands, Economic Journal, 64, 759-783. -- BODKIN, Ronald G., Lawrence R. KLEIN and Kanta MARWAH (1991), A History of Macroeconometric Model-Building, Aldershot: Edward Elgar. -- ADELMAN, Irma and Frank L. ADELMAN (1959), The Dynamic Properties of the Klein-Goldberger Model, Econometrica, 27, 596-625. -- SUITS, Daniel B. (1962), Forecasting and Analysis with an Econometric Model, American Economic Review, 52, 104-132. -- CAIRNCROSS, Sir Alec (1969), Economic Forecasting, Economic Journal, 79, 797-812. -- McNEES, Stephen K. (1982), The Role of Macroeconometric Models in Forecasting and Policy Analysis in the United States, Journal of Forecasting, 1, 37-48. -- BURNS, Terry (1986), The Interpretation and Use of Economic Predictions, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, A, 407, 103-125. -- WALLIS, Kenneth F. (1989), Macroeconomic Forecasting: A Survey, Economic Journal, 99, 28-61 -- BOX, George E.P. and Gwilym M. JENKINS (1970), Time Series Analysis: Forecasting and Control, San Francisco: Holden-Day. -- COEN, P.G., E.D. GOMME, and Maurice G. KENDALL (1969), Lagged Relationships in Economic Forecasting (with discussion), Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 132, 133-163.
    Abstract: BRAY, Jeremy (1971), Dynamic Equations for Economic Forecasting with the GDP - Unemployment Relation and the Growth of GDP in the UK as an Example (with discussion), Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 134, 167-227. -- NEWBOLD, Paul and Clive W.J. GRANGER (1974), Experience with Forecasting Univariate Time Series and the Combination of Forecasts (with discussion), Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 137, 131-165. -- BOX, George E.P. and Paul NEWBOLD (1971), Some Comments on a Paper by Coen, Gomme and Kendall, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 134, 229-240. -- MAKRIDAKIS, S., A. ANDERSON, R. CARBONE, M. HIBON, R. LEWANDOWSKI, J. NEWTON, E. PARZEN and R. WINKLER (1982), The Accuracy of Extrapolation (Time Series) Methods: Results of a Forecasting Competition, Journal of Forecasting, 1, 111-153. -- MEESE, Richard, and John GEWEKE, (1984), A Comparison of Autoregressive Univariate Forecasting Procedures for Macroeconomic Time Series, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 2, 191-200. -- HARVEY, Andrew C. and Paul H.J. TODD (1983), Forecasting Economic Time Series with Structural and Box-Jenkins Methods (with discussion), Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 1, 299-315. -- LITTERMAN, Robert (1986), Forecasting with Bayesian Vector Autoregressions - Five Years of Experience, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 4, 25-38. -- KADIYALA, K. Rao and Sune KARLSSON (1993), Forecasting with Generalized Bayesian Vector Autoregressions, Journal of Forecasting, 12, 365-378. -- SIMS, Christopher A. (1980), Macroeconomics and Reality, Econometrica, 48, 1-48. -- GRANGER, Clive W.J. and Jin Luang LIN (1994), Forecasting from Non-linear Models in Practice, Journal of Forecasting, 13, 1-10. -- CHATFIELD, Chris (1997), Forecasting in the 1990s, The Statistician, 46, 461-473. -- ZHANG, Guoqiang, B. Eddy PATUWO and Michael Y. HU (1998), Forecasting with Artificial Neural Networks: The State of the Art, International Journal of Forecasting, 14, 35-62. -- TERÄSVIRTA, Timo, Dick van DIJK and Marcelo C. MEDEIROS (2005), Smooth Transition Autoregressions, Neural Networks, and Linear Models in Forecasting Macroeconomic Time Series: A Re-examination, International Journal of Forecasting, 21, 755-774. -- STOCK, James H. and Mark W. WATSON (2002), Forecasting using Principal Components from a Large Number of Predictors, Journal of the American Statistical Association, 97, 1167-1179. -- FORNI, Mario, Marc HALLIN, Marco LIPPI and Lucrezia REICHLIN (2005), The Generalized Dynamic Factor Model: One-Sided Estimation and Forecasting, Journal of the American Statistical Association, 100, 830-839. -- EICKMEIER, Sandra and Christina ZIEGLER (2008), How Successful are Dynamic Factor Models at Forecasting Output and Inflation? A Meta-Analytic Approach, Journal of Forecasting, 27, 237-265. -- BAILLIE, Richard T. and Tim BOLLERSLEV (1992), Prediction in Dynamic Models with Time-Dependent Conditional Variances, Journal of Econometrics, 52, 91-113. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P. and David F. HENDRY (1995), Forecasting in Cointegrated Systems, Journal of Applied Econometrics, 10, 127-146. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P. and David F. HENDRY (1999), Forecasting Non-stationary Economic Time Series, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
    Abstract: CLEMENTS, Michael P. and David F. HENDRY (2002a), Modelling Methodology and Forecast Failure, Econometrics Journal, 5, 319-344. -- HENDRY, David F. and Grayham E. MIZON (2005), Forecasting in the Presence of Structural Breaks and Policy Regime Shifts, in Donald W.K. Andrews and James H. Stock (editors), Identification and Inference for Econometrics Models: Essays in Honor of Thomas Rotherburg, 480-502, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. -- HENDRY, David F. (2006), Robustifying Forecasts from Equilibrium-Correction Models, Journal of Econometrics, 135, 399-426. -- CASTLE, Jennifer L., Nicholas W.P. FAWCETT and David F. HENDRY (2010), Forecasting with Equilibrium-Correction Models during Structural Breaks, Journal of Econometrics, 158, 25-36. -- MOORE, Geoffrey H. (1969), Forecasting Short-Term Economic Change, Journal of the American Statistical Association, 64, 1-22. -- ZARNOWITZ, Victor (1979), An Analysis of Annual and Multiperiod Quarterly Forecasts of Aggregate Income, Output, and the Price Level, Journal of Business, 52, 1-33. -- STECKLER, Herman O. (1968), Forecasting with Econometric Models: An Evaluation, Econometrica, 36, 437-463. -- NELSON, Charles R. (1972), The Prediction Performance of the F.R.B.-M.I.T.-PENN model of the U.S. Economy, American Economic Review, 62, 902-917. -- THEIL, Henri (1958), Economic Forecasts and Policy, Amsterdam: North Holland. -- BATES, John M. and Clive W.J. GRANGER (1969), The Combination of Forecasts, Operational Research Quarterly, 20, 451-468. -- GRANGER, Clive W.J. and Paul NEWBOLD (1973), Some Comments on the Evaluation of Economic Forecasts, Applied Economics, 5, 35-47. -- CLEMEN, Robert T. (1989), Combining Forecasts: A Review and Annotated Bibliography, International Journal of Forecasting, 5, 559-583. -- NEWBOLD, Paul and Clive W.J. GRANGER (1974), Experience with Forecasting Univariate Time Series and the Combination of Forecasts (with discussion), Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 137, 131-165. -- ELLIOTT, Graham and Allan TIMMERMANN (2005), Optimal Forecast Combination under Regime Switching, International Economic Review, 46, 1081-1102. -- CAPISTRÁN, Carlos and Allan TIMMERMANN (2009), Forecast Combination with Entry and Exit of Experts, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 27, 428-440. -- SMITH, Jeremy and Kenneth F. WALLIS (2009), A Simple Explanation of the Forecast Combination Puzzle, Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics, 71, 331-355. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P. and David I. HARVEY (2010), Forecast Encompassing Tests and Probability Forecasts, Journal of Applied Econometrics, 25, 1028-1062. -- HENDRY, David F. and Michael P. CLEMENTS (2004), Pooling of Forecasts, Econometrics Journal, 7, 1-31. -- PESARAN, M. Hashem and Allan TIMMERMANN (2005), Small Sample Properties of Forecasts from Autoregressive Models under Structural Breaks, Journal of Econometrics, 129, 183-217.
    Abstract: COOPER, Richard L. (1972), The Predictive Performance of Quarterly Econometric Models of the United States, in B.G. Hickman (editor), Econometric Models of Cyclical Behaviour, No. 36 in National Bureau of Economic Research Studies in Income and Wealth, 813-947, New York: Columbia University Press. -- HOWREY, E. Philip, Lawrence R. KLEIN and Michael D. McCARTHY (1974), Notes on Testing the Predictive Performance of Econometric Models, International Economic Review, 15, 366-383. -- FAIR, Ray C. (1974), An Evaluation of a Short-Run Forecasting Model, International Economic Review, 15, 285-304. -- FAIR, Ray C. (1979), An Analysis of the Accuracy of Four Macroeconometric Models, Journal of Political Economy, 87, 701-718. -- SARGENT, Thomas J. (1976), A Classical Macroeconometric Model for the United States, Journal of Political Economy, 84, 207-237. -- SIMS, Christopher A. (1980), Macroeconomics and Reality, Econometrica, 48, 1-48. -- McNEES, Stephen K. (1986), Forecasting Accuracy of Alternative Techniques: A Comparison of U.S. Macroeconomic Forecasts, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 4, 5-15. -- KOLB, R.A. and Herman O. STEKLER (1990), The Lead and Accuracy of Economic Forecasts, Journal of Macroeconomics, 12, 111-123. -- BATCHELOR, Roy A. and Pami DUA (1990), Forecaster Ideology, Forecasting Technique, and the Accuracy of Economic Forecasts, International Journal of Forecasting, 6, 3-10. -- McNEES, Stephen K. (1992), The Uses and Abuses of 'Consensus' Forecasts, Journal of Forecasting, 11, 70-84. -- LEITCH, Gordon and J. Ernest TANNER (1991), Economic Forecast Evaluation: Profits versus Conventional Error Measures, American Economic Review, 81, 580-590. -- GRANGER, Clive W.J. (1969), Prediction with a Generalized Cost of Error Function, Operations Research Quarterly, 20, 199-207. -- DIEBOLD, Francis X. and Robert S. MARIANO (1995), Comparing Forecast Accuracy, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 13, 253-263. -- HARVEY, David I., Stephen J. LEYBOURNE and Paul NEWBOLD (1998), Tests for Forecast Encompassing, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 16, 254-259. -- GRANGER, Clive W.J. (1996), Can We Improve the Perceived Quality of Economic Forecasts?, International Journal of Forecasting, 11, 455-473. -- WEST, Kenneth D. and Michael W. McCRACKEN (1998), Regression Tests for Predictive Ability, International Economic Review, 39, 817-840. -- CLARK, Todd E. and Michael W. McCRACKEN (2001), Test for Equal Forecast Accuracy and Encompassing for Nested Models, Journal of Econometrics 105, 85-110. -- CLARK, Todd E. and Kenneth D. WEST (2007), Approximately Normal Tests for Equal Predictive Accuracy in Nested Models, Journal of Econometrics, 138, 291-311. -- HANSEN, Peter R. (2005), A Test for Superior Predictive Ability, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 23, 365-380.
    Abstract: GIACOMINI, Raffaella and Halbert WHITE (2006), Tests of Conditional Predictive Ability, Econometrica, 74, 1545-1578. -- HANSEN, Peter R. and Asger LUNDE (2005), A Forecast Comparison of Volatility Models: Does Anything Beat a GARCH(1,1)?, Journal of Applied Econometrics, 20, 873-879. -- McCRACKEN, Michael W. and Stephen G. SAPP (2005), Evaluating the Predictive Ability of Exchange Rates using Long Horizon Regressions: Mind your p's and q's!, Journal of Money Credit and Banking, 37, 473-494. -- GIACOMINI, Raffaella and Barbara ROSSI (2009), Detecting and Predicting Forecast Breakdown, Review of Economic Studies, 76, 669-705. -- BURNS, Arthur F. and Wesley C. MITCHELL (1946), Measuring Business Cycles, New York: National Bureau of Economic Research. -- KOOPMANS, Tjalling C. (1947), Measurement without Theory, Review of Economic Statistics, 29, 161-172. -- HENDRY, David F. and Mary S. MORGAN (editors) (1995), The Foundations of Econometric Analysis, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. -- ALEXANDER, Sidney S. and Herman O. STEKLER (1959), Forecasting Industrial Production - Leading Series versus Autoregression, Journal of Political Economy, 67, 402-409. -- HYMANS, Saul H. (1973), On the Use of Leading Indicators to Predict Cyclical Turning Points, Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, 1973(2), 339-384. -- AUERBACH, Alan J. (1982), The Index of Leading Indicators: 'Measurement Without Theory' Thirty-Five Years Later, Review of Economics and Statistics, 64, 589-595. -- DIEBOLD, Francis X., and Glenn D. RUDEBUSCH (1991), Forecasting Output with the Composite Leading Index: An ex ante Analysis, Journal of the American Statistical Association, 86, 603-610. -- NIEMIRA, Michael P. and Philip A. KLEIN (1994), Forecasting Financial and Economic Cycles, New York: Wiley. -- EMERSON, Rebecca A., and David F. HENDRY (1996), An Evaluation of Forecasting Using Leading Indicators, Journal of Forecasting, 15, 271-291. -- CAMBA-MENDEZ, Gonzalo, George KAPETANIOS, Martin R. WEALE and Ron J. SMITH (2002), The Forecasting Performance of the OECD Composite Leading Indicators for France, Germany, Italy and the UK, in Michael P. Clements and David F. Hendry (editors), A Companion to Economic Forecasting, 386-408, Oxford: Blackwell. -- MARCELLINO, Massimiliano (2006), Leading Indicators, in Graham Elliott, Clive W.J. Granger and Allan Timmermann (editors), Handbook of Economic Forecasting, 879-960, Amsterdam: Elsevier. -- COWLES, Arthur, (1933), Can Stock Market Forecasters Forecast?, Econometrica, 1, 309-324. -- KENDALL, Maurice G. (1953), The Analysis of Economic Time Series - Part 1: Prices, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 96, 11-25. -- ROBERTS, Harry V. (1959), Stock-Market 'Patterns' and Financial Analysis: Methodological Suggestions, Journal of Finance, 14, 1-10. -- COOTNER, Paul A. (editor) (1964), The Random Character of Stock Market Prices, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
    Abstract: GRANGER, Clive W.J. and Oskar MORGENSTERN (1970), Predictability of Stock Market Prices, Lexington: Heath. -- GRANGER, Clive W.J. (1972), Analysis of Stock Market Price Data, Bulletin of the Institute of Mathematics and Its Applications, 8, 229-232. -- GRANGER, Clive W.J. (1993), Forecasting Stock Market Prices: Lessons for Forecasters, International Journal of Forecasting, 9, 3-18. -- BOLLERSLEV, Tim, Ray Y. CHOU and Kenneth F. KRONER (1992), ARCH Modelling in Finance: A Review of the Theory and Empirical Evidence, Journal of Econometrics, 52, 5-59. -- LAMOUREUX, Christopher G. and William D. LASTRAPES (1993), Forecasting Stock Return Variance: Toward an Understanding of Stochastic Implied Volatilities, Review of Financial Studies, 6, 293-326. -- NOH, Jaesun, Robert F. ENGLE, and Alex KANE (1994), Forecasting Volatility and Option Pricing of the S&P 500 Index, Journal of Derivatives, 2, 17-30. -- KRONER, Kenneth F., Kevin P. KNEAFSEY, and Stijn CLAESSENS (1995), Forecasting Volatility in Commodity Markets, Journal of Forecasting, 14, 77-95. -- WEST, Kenneth D. and Dongchul CHO (1995), The Predictive Ability of Several Models of Exchange Rate Volatility, Journal of Econometrics, 69, 367-391. -- SATCHELL, Steven, and Allan TIMMERMANN (1995), An Assessment of the Economic Value of Non-linear Foreign Exchange Rate Forecasts, Journal of Forecasting, 14, 477-497. -- ANDERSEN, Torben G. and Tim BOLLERSLEV (1998), Answering the Sceptics: Yes, Standard Volatility Models do Provide Accurate Forecasts, International Economic Review, 39, 885-905. -- HANSEN, Peter R. and Asger LUNDE (2005), A Forecast Comparison of Volatility Models: Does Anything Beat a GARCH(1,1)?, Journal of Applied Econometrics, 20, 873-889. -- ANDERSEN, Torben G., Tim BOLLERSLEV, Francis X. DIEBOLD and Paul LABYS (2003), Modelling and Forecasting Realized Volatility, Econometrica, 71, 579-625. -- DEO, Rohit, Clifford HURVICH and Yi LU (2006), Forecasting Realized Volatility using a Long-Memory Stochastic Volatility Model: Estimation, Prediction and Seasonal Adjustment, Journal of Econometrics, 131, 29-58. -- ANDERSEN, Torben G., Tim BOLLERSLEV and Francis X. DIEBOLD (2007), Roughing it Up: Including Jump Components in the Measurement, Modelling and Forecasting of Return Volatility, Review of Economics and Statistics, 89, 707-720. -- CORSI, Fulvio (2009), A Simple Long Memory Model of Realized Volatility, Journal of Financial Econometrics, 7, 174-196. -- LUCAS, Robert E. and Thomas J. SARGENT (editors) (1981), Rational Expectations and Econometric Practice, London: Allen and Unwin. -- RIPPE, Richard D. and Maurice WILKINSON (1974), Forecasting Accuracy of the McGraw-Hill Anticipatory Data, Journal of the American Statistical Association, 69, 849-858. -- CARLSON, John (1977), A Study of Price Forecasts, Annals of Economic and Social Measurement, 6, 27-56. -- ZARNOWITZ, Victor (1985), Rational Expectations and Macroeconomic Forecasts, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 3, 293-311.
    Abstract: DAVIES, Antony and Kajal LAHIRI (1995), A New Framework for Testing Rationality and Measuring Aggregate Shocks using Panel Data, Journal of Econometrics, 68, 205-227. -- BONHAM, Carl S. and Richard H. COHEN (2001), To Aggregate, Pool, or Neither: Testing the Rational Expectations Hypothesis using Survey Data, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 19, 278-291. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P., Fred JOUTZ and Herman O. STEKLER (2007), An Evaluation of the Forecasts of the Federal Reserve: A Pooled Approach, Journal of Applied Econometrics, 22, 121-136. -- BOERO, Gianna, Jeremy SMITH and Kenneth F. WALLIS (2008a), Evaluating a Three-Dimensional Panel of Point Forecasts: The Bank of England, International Journal of Forecasting, 24, 354-367. -- BOERO, Gianna, Jeremy SMITH and Kenneth F. WALLIS (2008b), Uncertainty and Disagreement in Economic Prediction: The Bank of England Survey of External Forecasters, Economic Journal, 118, 1107-1127. -- LAHIRI, Kajal and Xuguang SHENG (2010), Measuring Forecast Uncertainty by Disagreement: The Missing Link, Journal of Applied Econometrics, 25, 514-538. -- SMETS, Frank and Rafael WOUTERS (2004), Forecasting with a Bayesian DSGE Model: An Application to the Euro Area, Journal of Common Market Studies, 42, 841-867. -- ADOLFSON, Malin, Jesper LINDÉ and Mattias VILLANE (2007), Forecasting Performance of an Open Economy DSGE Model, Econometric Reviews, 26, 289-328. -- GHENT, Andra C. (2009), Comparing DSGE-VAR Forecasting Models: How big are the Differences?, Journal of Economic Dynamics and Control, 33, 864-882. -- CHRISTOFFERSEN, Peter (1998), Evaluating Interval Forecasts, International Economic Review, 39, 841-862. -- DIEBOLD, Francis X., Todd GUNTHER and Anthony S. TAY (1998), Evaluating Density Forecasts with Application to Financial Risk Management, International Economic Review, 39, 863-883. -- TAY, Anthony S. and Kenneth F. WALLIS (2000), Density Forecasting: A Survey, Journal of Forecasting, 19, 235-254. -- BERKOWITZ, Jeremy (2001), Testing Density Forecasts, with Applications to Risk Management, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 19, 465-474. -- CORRADI, Valentina and Norman R. SWANSON (2006), Predictive Density and Conditional Confidence Interval Accuracy Tests, Journal of Econometrics, 127, 187-228. -- AMISANO, Gianna and Raffaella GIACOMINI (2007), Comparing Density Forecasts via Weighted Likelihood Ratio Tests, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 25, 177-190. -- HALL, Stephen G. and James MITCHELL (2007), Combining Density Forecasts, International Journal of Forecasting, 23, 1-13. -- EVANS, Martin D.D. (2005), Where Are We Now? Real-Time Estimates of the Macroeconomy, International Journal of Central Banking, 1, 127-175. -- GIANNONE, Domenico, Lucrezia REICHLIN and David SMALL (2008), Nowcasting: The Real-Time Informational Content of Macroeconomic Data, Journal of Monetary Economics, 55, 665-676. -- GHYSELS, Eric, Arthur SINKO and Rossen VALKANOV (2006), MIDAS Regressions: Further Results and New Directions, Econometric Reviews, 26, 53-90.
    Abstract: ARMESTO, Michelle T., Kristie ENGEMANN and Michael OWYANG (2010), Forecasting with Mixed Frequencies, Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Review, 9216, 521-536. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P. and Ana B. Galvão (2008), Macroeconomic Forecasting with Mixed Frequency Data: Forecasting US Output Growth, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 26, 546-554. -- MARCELLINO, Massimiliano and Christian SCHUMACHER (2010), Factor-MIDAS for Now - and Forecasting with Ragged-Edge Data: A Model Comparison for German GDP, Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics, 72, 518-550. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P. and David F. HENDRY (editors) (2002b), A Companion to Economic Forecasting, Oxford: Blackwell. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P. and David F. HENDRY (editors) (2011), The Oxford Handbook of Economic Forecasting, Oxford: Oxford University Press. -- CASTLE, Jennifer L. and Neil SHEPHARD (editors) (2009), The Methodology and Practice of Econometrics: A Festschrift in Honour of Professor David Hendry, Oxford: Oxford University Press. -- ELLIOTT, Graham, Clive W.J. GRANGER and Allan TIMMERMANN (editors) (2006), Handbook of Economic Forecasting, Volume 1, Amsterdam: Elsevier. -- ELLIOTT, Graham and Allan TIMMERMANN (editors) (2013), Handbook of Economic Forecasting, Volume 2, Amsterdam: Elsevier. -- Warren M. Persons (1924), 'Some Fundamental Concepts of Statistics', Journal of the American Statistical Association, XIX (145), March, 1-8 -- Paul A. Samuelson (1987), 'Paradise Lost and Refound: The Harvard ABC Barometers', Journal of Portfolio Management, 4, Spring, 4-9 -- Arthur W. Marget (1929), 'Morgenstern on the Methodology of Economic Forecasting', Journal of Political Economy, XXXVII (3), June, 312-39 -- R.L. Marris (1954), 'The Position of Economics and Economists in the Government Machine: A Comparative Critique of the United Kingdom and the Netherlands', Economic Journal, LXIV (256), December, 759-83 -- Daniel B. Suits (1962), 'Forecasting and Analysis with an Econometric Model', American Economic Review, LII (1), March, 104-32 -- Alec Cairncross (1969), 'Economic Forecasting', Economic Journal, LXXIX (316), December, 797-812 -- Stephen K. McNees (1982), 'The Role of Macroeconometric Models in Forecasting and Policy Analysis in the United States', Journal of Forecasting, 1 (1), 37-48 -- Sir Terence Bums (1986), 'The Interpretation and Use of Economic Predictions' and discussion, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, Series A, 407, 103-25 -- Kenneth F. Wallis (1991), 'Macroeconomic Forecasting: A Survey,' in Andrew J. Oswald (ed.), Surveys in Economics, Volume I, Chapter 2, Oxford: Basil Blackwell Ltd, 48-81 -- P.J. Coen, E.D. Gomme and M.G. Kendall (1969), 'Lagged Relationships in Economic Forecasting' and discussion, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 132 (1), 133-63 -- Jeremy Bray (1971), 'Dynamic Equations for Economic Forecasting with the G.D.P.-Unemployment Relation and the Growth of G.D.R in the United Kingdom as an Example' and discussion, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 134 (2), 167-227.
    Abstract: George E.P. Box and Paul Newbold (1971), 'Some Comments on a Paper of Coen, Gomme and Kendall', Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 134 (2), 229-40 -- P. Newbold and C.W.J. Granger (1974), 'Experience with Forecasting Univariate Time Series and the Combination of Forecasts' and discussion, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 137 (2), 131-64 -- Richard Meese and John Geweke (1984), 'A Comparison of Autoregressive Univariate Forecasting Procedures for Macroeconomic Time Series', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 2 (3), July, 191-200 -- A.C. Harvey and P.H.J. Todd (1983), 'Forecasting Economic Time Series With Structural and Box-Jenkins Models: A Case Study', comments by Craig F. Ansley, David F. Findley and Paul Newbold and 'Response' by A.C. Harvey and P.H.J. Todd, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 1 (4), October, 299-315 -- Robert B. Litterman (1986), 'Forecasting With Bayesian Vector Autoregressions - Five Years of Experience', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 4(1), January, 25-38 -- K. Rao Kadiyala and Sune Karlsson (1993), 'Forecasting with Generalized Bayesian Vector Autoregressions', Journal of Forecasting, 12, 365-78 -- Jin-Lung Lin and C.W.J. Granger (1994), 'Forecasting from Nonlinear Models in Practice', Journal of Forecasting, 13 (1), January, 1-9 -- Chris Chatfield (1997), 'Forecasting in the 1990s', The Statistician, 46 (4), 461-73 -- Richard T. Baillie and Tim Bollerslev (1992), 'Prediction in Dynamic Models with Time-dependent Conditional Variances', Journal of Econometrics, 52, 91-113 -- Michael P. Clements and David F. Hendry (1993), 'On the Limitations of Comparing Mean Square Forecast Errors', Journal of Forecasting, 12, 617-37 -- Michael P. Clements and David F. Hendry (1995), 'Forecasting in Cointegrated Systems', Journal of Applied Econometrics, 10, 127-46 -- David F. Hendry (1997), 'The Econometrics of Macroeconomic Forecasting', Economic Journal, 107 (444), September, 1330-57 -- Geoffrey H. Moore (1969), 'Forecasting Short-term Economic Change', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 64 (325), March, 1-22 -- Victor Zaraowitz (1979), 'An Analysis of Annual and Multiperiod Quarterly Forecasts of Aggregate Income, Output, and the Price Level', Journal of Business, 52 (1), 1-33 -- H.O. Stekler (1968), 'Forecasting with Econometric Models: An Evaluation', Econometrica, 36 (3-4), July-October, 437-63 -- Charles R. Nelson (1972), 'The Prediction Performance of the FRB-MIT-PENN Model of the U.S. Economy', American Economic Review, 62, December, 902-17 -- J.M. Bates and C.W.J. Granger (1969), 'The Combination of Forecasts', Operational Research Quarterly, 20 (4), 451-68 -- C.W.J. Granger and P. Newbold (1973), 'Some Comments on the Evaluation of Economic Forecasts', Applied Economics, 5 (1), March, 35-47 -- Robert T. Clemen (1989), 'Combining Forecasts: A Review and Annotated Bibliography', International Journal of Forecasting, 5 (4), 559-83.
    Abstract: E. Philip Howrey, Lawrence R. Klein and Michael D. McCarthy (1974), 'Notes on Testing the Predictive Performance of Econometric Models', International Economic Review, 15 (2), June, 366-83 -- Ray C. Fair (1974), 'An Evaluation of a Short-run Forecasting Model', International Economic Review, 15 (2), June, 285-303 -- Ray C. Fair (1979), 'An Analysis of the Accuracy of Four Macroeconometric Models', Journal of Political Economy, 87 (4), August, 701-18 -- Stephen K. McNees (1986), 'Forecasting Accuracy of Alternative Techniques: A Comparison of U.S. Macroeconomic Forecasts', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 4 (1), January, 5-15 -- R.A. Kolb and H.O. Stekler (1990), 'The Lead and Accuracy of Macroeconomic Forecasts', Journal of Macroeconomics, 12 (1), Winter, 111-23 -- Roy Batchelor and Pami Dua (1990), 'Forecaster Ideology, Forecasting Technique, and the Accuracy of Economic Forecasts', International Journal of Forecasting, 6 (1), 3-10 -- Stephen K. McNees (1992), 'The Uses and Abuses of "Consensus" Forecasts', Journal of Forecasting, 11, 703-10 -- Gordon Leitch and J. Ernest Tanner (1991), 'Economic Forecast Evaluation: Profits Versus the Conventional Error Measures', American Economic Review, 81 (3), June, 580-90 -- Francis X. Diebold and Roberto S. Mariano (1995), 'Comparing Predictive Accuracy', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 13 (3), July, 253-63 -- David I. Harvey, Stephen J. Leyboume and Paul Newbold (1998), 'Tests for Forecast Encompassing', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 16 (2), April, 254-9 -- Clive W.J. Granger (1996), 'Can We Improve the Perceived Quality of Economic Forecasts?', Journal of Applied Econometrics, 11, 455-73 -- S.S. Alexander and H.O. Stekler (1959), 'Forecasting Industrial Production - Leading Series Versus Autoregression', Journal of Political Economy, LXVII (4), August, 402-9 -- Saul H. Hymans (1973), 'On the Use of Leading Indicators to Predict Cyclical Turning Points' and 'Comments and Discussion', Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, 2, 339-84 -- Alan J. Auerbach (1982), 'The Index of Leading Indicators: "Measurement Without Theory", Thirty-five Years Later', Review of Economics and Statistics, LXIV (4), November, 589-95 -- Francis X. Diebold and Glenn D. Rudebusch (1991), 'Forecasting Output With the Composite Leading Index: A Real-time Analysis', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 86 (415), September, 603-10 -- Rebecca A. Emerson and David F. Hendry (1996), 'An Evaluation of Forecasting Using Leading Indicators', Journal of Forecasting 15 (4), July, 271-91 -- Alfred Cowles 3rd (1933), 'Can Stock Market Forecasters Forecast?', Econometrica, 1 (3), July, 309-24 -- Harry V. Roberts (1959), 'Stock-market "Patterns" and Financial Analysis: Methodological Suggestions', Journal of Finance, XIV (1), March, 1-10 -- C.W.J. Granger (1972), 'Analysis of Stock Market Price Data', Bulletin of the Institute of Mathematics and its Applications, 8, August, 229-32.
    Abstract: Clive W.J. Granger (1992), 'Forecasting Stock Market Prices: Lessons for Forecasters', International Journal of Forecasting, 8, 3-13 -- Christopher G. Lamoureux and William D. Lastrapes (1993), 'Forecasting Stock-return Variance: Toward an Understanding of Stochastic Implied Volatilities', Review of Financial Studies, 6 (2), 293-326 -- Jaesun Noh, Robert F. Engle and Alex Kane (1994), 'Forecasting Volatility and Option Prices of the S&P 500 Index', Journal of Derivatives, 2, Fall, 17-30 -- Kenneth F. Kroner, Kevin P. Kneafsey and Stijn Claessens (1995), 'Forecasting Volatility in Commodity Markets', Journal of Forecasting, 14 (2), March, 77-95 -- Kenneth D. West and Dongchul Cho (1995), 'The Predictive Ability of Several Models of Exchange Rate Volatility', Journal of Econometrics, 69, 367-91 -- Steve Satchell and Allan Timmermann (1995), 'An Assessment of the Economic Value of Non-linear Foreign Exchange Rate Forecasts', Journal of Forecasting, 14 (6), 477-97 -- Richard D. Rippe and Maurice Wilkinson (1974), 'Forecasting Accuracy of the McGraw-Hill Anticipatory Data', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 69 (348), December, 849-58 -- John A. Carlson (1977), 'A Study of Price Forecasts', Annals of Economic and Social Measurement, 6 (1), Winter, 27-56 -- Victor Zamowitz (1985), 'Rational Expectations and Macroeconomic Forecasts', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 3 (4), October, 293-311.
    Abstract: This authoritative and wide-ranging collection presents over fifty of the most important articles on forecasting - a technique that lies at the heart of economic policy and decision-making. This comprehensive two volume set presents the major papers in macroeconomic forecasting and policy making; time series forecasting; the econometrics of forecasting; forecast evaluation; forecasting with leading indicators; forecasting in finance and economic forecasting using surveys
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784719036
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (680 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Keywords: Inflation (Finance) ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): "Phelps-Brown, E.H. and Shiela V. Hopkins (1956), "Seven Centuries of the Prices of Consumables, compared with Builders' Wage-Rates", Economica, New Series, XXIII (89-92), November, 296-314" -- "O'Donoghue, Jim, Louise Goulding, and Grahame Allen (2004), "Consumer Price Inflation Since 1750," Economic Trends, 604, 38-46" -- "Anna J. Schwartz (1973), "Secular Price Change in Historical Perspective", Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking, 5 (1, Pt II), February, 243-269" -- "Duck, Nigel W. (1993), "Some International Evidence on the Quantity Theory of Money", Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking 25 (1), February, 1-12" -- "Ng, Serena and Jonathan H. Wright (2013), "Facts and Challenges from the Great Recession for Forecasting and Macroeconomic Modeling," Journal of Economic Literature 51 (4), 1120-1154" -- "Parkin, Michael (1998), "Unemployment, Inflation, and Monetary Policy," Canadian Journal of Economics / Revue canadienne d'Economique 31 (5) (November), 1003-1032" -- "Ascari, Guido and Argia M. Sbordone (2014), "The Macroeconomics of Trend Inflation," Journal of Economic Literature 52 ( 3) (September), 679-739" -- "Laidler, David and Michael Parkin (1975), "Inflation: A Survey", Economic Journal 85, December, 741-809" -- "McCallum, Bennett T. (1990), "Could a Monetary Base Rule Have Prevented the Great Depression?" Journal of Monetary Economics 26 (August), 3-26" -- "Cagan, Philip (1956), "The Monetary Dynamics of Hyperinflation", in Milton Friedman (ed.), Studies in the Quantity Theory of Money, Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 25-117" -- "Obstfeld, Maurice and Kenneth Rogoff (1983), "Speculative Hyperinflations in Maximizing Models: Can We Rule Them Out?", Journal of Political Economy 91 (4), August, 675-678" -- "Sargent, Thomas and Neil Wallace (1981), "Some Unpleasant Monetarist Arithmetic", Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis Quarterly Review 5, Fall, 1-17" -- Woodford, Michael (2003), Interest and Prices: Foundations of a Theory of Monetary Policy, Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press -- "Friedman, Milton (1968), "The Role of Monetary Policy," American Economic Review 58, 1-17" -- "Phelps, Edmund S. (1968), "Money Wage Dynamics and Labor Market Equilibrium," Journal of Political Economy 76, 678-711, amended and reprinted in Phelps (1970)" -- "Lucas, Robert E., Jr (1972), "Expectations and the Neutrality of Money," Journal of Economic Theory 4, 103-124" -- "Calvo, Guillermo A. (1983), "Staggered Prices in a Utility-Maximizing Framework," Journal of Monetary Economics 12, 383-398" -- "Rotemberg, Julio J. (1987), "The New Keynesian Microfoundations," NBER Macroeconomics Annual 1987, edited by Stanley Fischer, Cambridge, MA and London: MIT Press, 69-116" -- "Mankiw, N. Gregory and Ricardo Reis (2002), "Sticky Information Versus Sticky Prices: A Proposal To Replace The New Keynesian Phillips Curve," Quarterly Journal of Economics 117 (4) (November), 1295-1328".
    Abstract: "Mankiw, N. Gregory, Ricardo Reis, and Justin Wolfers (2004), "Disagreement about Inflation Expectations", NBER Macroeconomics Annual 2003, edited by Mark Gertler and Kenneth Rogoff, Cambridge, MA and London: MIT Press, Volume 18" -- "Dotsey, Michael, Robert G. King, and Alexander L. Wolman (1999), "State-Dependent Pricing and the General Equilibrium Dynamics of Money and Output," Quarterly Journal of Economics 114 (2), 655-690" -- "King, Robert G. and Charles I. Plosser (1984), "Money, Credit, and Prices in a Real Business Cycle," American Economic Review, 74 (3) (June) 363-380" -- "Svensson, Lars E.O. (1999), "Price-Level Targeting versus Inflation Targeting: A Free Lunch?" Journal of Money, Credit and Banking 31 (August), 277-295" -- "Taylor, John B. (1993), "Discretion versus Policy Rules in Practice," Carnegie-Rochester Conference Series on Public Policy 39, 195-214" -- "Lucas, Robert E., Jr (1972), "Expectations and the Neutrality of Money", Journal of Economic Theory 4, 103-124" -- "Lucas, Robert E., Jr (1976), "Econometric Policy Evaluation: A Critique," Carnegie-Rochester Conferences on Public Policy 1, 19-46" -- Fischer, Stanley (ed.) (1980), Rational Expectations and Economic Policy, Chicago: University of Chicago Pres -- "Bailey, M.J. (1956), "The Welfare Cost of Inflationary Finance", Journal of Political Economy, 64 (2), 93-110" -- "Fischer, Stanley (1981), "Towards an Understanding of the Costs of Inflation: II" in Karl Brunner and Allan H. Meltzer (eds), The Costs and Consequences of Inflation, Carnegie-Rochester Conference Series on Public Policy, Volume 15, Amsterdam: North-Holland, 5-41" -- "Gillman, Max (1993), "The Welfare Cost of Inflation in a Cash-in-Advance Economy with Costly Credit", Journal of Monetary Economics 31, 97-115" -- "Den Haan, Wouter J. (1990), "The Optimal Inflation Path in a Sidrauski-Type Model with Uncertainty", Journal of Monetary Economics 25, 389-409" -- "Schmitt-Grohé, Stephanie and Martin Uribe (2007), "Optimal Simple and Implementable Monetary and Fiscal Rules," Journal of Monetary Economics 54 (6) (September), 1702-1725" -- "Howitt, Peter (1990), "Zero Inflation as a Long-Term Target for Monetary Policy", in Richard G. Lipsey (ed.), Zero Inflation: The Goal of Price Stability, Toronto: C.D. Howe Institute, 67-108" -- "Sargent, Thomas (1982), "The Ends of Four Big Inflations", in Robert E. Hall (ed.), Inflation: Causes and Effects, Chapter 2, Chicago: National Bureau of Economic Research and University of Chicago Press, 41-97" -- "Suzuki, Yoshio (1985), "Japan's Monetary Policy Over the Past 10 Years", Monetary and Economic Studies 3 (2), September, 1-9" -- "Meltzer, Allan H. (1993), "Some Lessons from the Great Inflations", in Kumiharu Shigehara (ed.), Price Stabilization in the 1990s, London: Bank of Japan and Macmillan Press, 7-29" -- "Simons, Henry C. (1936), "Rules Versus Authorities in Monetary Policy," Journal of Political Economy 44 (1), February, 1-30" -- "Kydland, Finn E. and Edward C. Prescott, (1977), "Rules Rather than Discretion: The Inconsistency of Optimal Plans," Journal of Political Economy 85 (3) (June), 473-492".
    Abstract: "Ascari, Guido and Tiziano Ropele (2009), "Trend Inflation, Taylor Principle, and Indeterminacy," Journal of Money, Credit and Banking 41 (8) (December), 1557-1584" -- "Ascari, Guido and Argia M. Sbordone (2014), "The Macroeconomics of Trend Inflation," Journal of Economic Literature 52 ( 3) (September), 679-739" -- "Taylor, John B. (1993), "Discretion versus policy rules in practice", Carnegie-Rochester Conference Series on Public Policy 39, 195-214" -- "McCallum, Bennett T. (1987),"The Case for Rules in the Conduct of Monetary Policy: A Concrete Example," Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond Economic Review (September/October), 10-18" -- "McCallum, Bennett T. (1988), "Robustness Properties of a Rule for Monetary Policy," Carnegie-Rochester Conference Series on Public Policy 29 (Autumn), 173-204" -- "McCallum, Bennett T. (1990), "Inflation: theory and Evidence", in B.M. Friedman and F.H. Hahn (eds), Handbook of Monetary Economics, Volume II, Amsterdam: Elsevier Science Publishers, 963-1012" -- Bernanke, Ben S., Thomas Laubach, Frederic S. Mishkin, and Adam S. Posen (1999), Inflation Targeting: Lessons from the International Experience, Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press -- "Parkin, Michael (2014), "The Effects of Central Bank Independence and Inflation Targeting on Macroeconomic Performance: Evidence from Quasi-Natural Experiments," Review of Economic Analysis 6 (1), 1-35" -- "Barro, Robert and David Gordon (1983), "A Positive Theory of Monetary Policy in a Natural Rate Model", Journal of Political Economy 91 (4), August, 589-610" -- "Blackburn, Keith and Michael Christensen (1989), "Monetary Policy and Policy Credibility: Theories and Evidence", Journal of Economic Literature XXVII (1), March, 1-45" -- "Romer, David (1993), "Openness and Inflation: Theory and Evidence", Quarterly Journal of Economics CVIII (4), November, 869-903" -- "de Haan, Jakob and Jan Egbert Sturm (1992), "The Case for Central Bank Independence", Banca Nazionale del Lavoro Quarterly Review 182, September, 305-327" -- Anna J. Schwartz (1973), 'Sccular Price Change in Historical Perspective', Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking, 5 (1, Pt II), February, 243-69 -- E.H. Phelps Brown and Sheila V. Hopkins (1956), 'Seven Centuries of tbe Prices of Consumables, compared with Builders' Wage-Rates', Economica, New Series, XXIII (89-92), November, 296-314 -- Nigel W. Duck (1993), 'Some International Evidence on the Quantity Theory of Money', Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking, 25 (1), February, 1-12 -- David Laidler and Michael Parkin (1975), 'Inflation: A Survey', Economie Journal, 85, December, 741-809 -- Bennett T. McCallum (1990), 'Inflation: Theory and Evidence', in B.M. Friedman and F.H. Hahn (eds), Handbook of Monetary Economies, Volume II, Amsterdam: Elsevier Science Publishers B.V., 963-1012 -- Phillip Cagan (1956), 'The Monetary Dynamics of Hyperinflation', in Milton Friedman (ed.), Studies in the Quantity Theory of Money, Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 25-117 -- Maurice Obstfeld and Kenneth Rogoff (1983), 'Speculative Hyperinflations in Maximizing Models: Can We Rule Them Out?', Journal of Political Economy, 91 (4), August, 675-87.
    Abstract: Thomas J. Sargent and Neil Wallace (1981), 'Some Unpleasant Monetarist Arithmetic', Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapotis Quarterly Review, 5, Fall, 1-17 -- Stanley Fischer (1981), 'Towards an Understanding of the Costs of Inflation: II', in Karl Brunner and Allan H. Meltzer (eds), The Costs and Consequences of Inflation, Carnegie-Roches ter Conference Series on Public Policy, Volume 15, Amsterdam: North-Holland, 5-41 -- Max Gillman (1993), 'The Welfare Cost of Inflation in a Cash-in-Advance Economy with Costly Credit', Journal of Monetary Economies, 31, 97-115 -- Wouter J. Den Haan (1990), 'The Optimal Inflation Path in a Sidrauski-Type Model with Uncertainty', Journal of Monetary Economies, 25, 389-409 -- Peter Howitt (1990), 'Zero Inflation as a Long-Term Target for Monetary Policy', in Richard G. Lipsey (ed.), Zero Inflation: The Goal of Price Stability, Toronto: C.D. Howe Institute, 67-108 -- Thomas J. Sargent (1982), 'The Ends of Four Big Inflations', in Robert E. Hall (ed.), Inflation: Causes and Effects, Chapter 2, Chicago: National Bureau of Economie Research and University of Chicago Press, 41-97 -- Yoshio Suzuki (1985), 'Japan's Monetary Policy Over the Past 10 Years', in Monetary and Economie Studies, 3 (2), September, 1-9 -- Allan H. Meltzer (1993), 'Some Lessons from the Great Inflations', in Kumiharu Shigehara (ed.), Price Stabilization in the 1990s, London: Bank of Japan and Macmillan Press Ltd., 7-29 -- Robert J. Barro and David B. Gordon (1983), 'A Positive Theory of Monetary Policy in a Natural Rate Model', Journal of Political Economy, 91 (4), August, 589-610 -- Keith Blackbum and Michael Christensen (1989), 'Monetary Policy and Policy Credibility: Theories and Evidence', Journal of Economie Uterature, XXVII (I), March, 1-45 -- David Romer (1993), 'Openness and Inflation: Theory and Evidence', Quarterly Journal of Economies, CVIII (4), November, 869-903 -- Jakob De Haan and Jan Egbert Sturm (1992), 'The Case for Central Bank Independence', Banca Nationale del Lavoro Quarterly Review, 182, September, 305-27.
    Abstract: The Theory of Inflation presents in one volume a comprehensive description of the historical inflation record, surveys the current state of knowledge on the fundamental forces that cause inflation and the mechanisms that propagate it, and examines the costs of inflation and the problems of achieving price stability. Professor Parkin's selection draws both upon the contribution of mainstream economists - whose work has been based on market demand and supply - and a new generation whose work has emphasized the importance of technology and preferences. This volume, as the introduction states, indicates that there is much of value to be learnt from both approaches
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781782548461
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (640 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research methods and applications in heterodox economics
    DDC: 330.072/1
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Heterodoxe Ökonomik ; Economics Methodology ; Economics Research ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Heterodoxe Ökonomie
    Abstract: Introduction -- Part I. Philosophical foundation and research strategy -- 1. Critical realism as a social ontology for economics / Jamie Morgan -- 2. Critical realism, method of grounded theory, and theory construction / Frederic S. Lee -- 3. An interdisciplinary perspective on heterodoxy / Rick Szostak -- Part II. Research methods and data collection -- 4. Separate or symbiotic? Quantitative and qualitative methods in (heterodox) economics research / Lynda Pickbourn and Smita Ramnarain -- 5. Historical method and data / Natalia Bracarense -- 6. Using survey methods in heterodox economic research / Tiago Cardão-Pito -- 7. Qualitative and ethnographic methods in economics / Amit Basole and Smita Ramnarain -- 8. Experimental methods and data / Andrew Mearman -- 9. Factor analysis, cluster analysis, and nonparametric research methods for heterodox economic analysis / Michael J. Murray -- 10. Regression analysis: a review / Paul Downward -- 11. Critical realism, econometrics, and heterodox economics / Nuno Ornelas Martins -- 12. Social network analysis / Bruce Cronin -- 13. Agent-based computational economics: simulation tools for heterodox research / Jonathan F. Cogliano and Xiao Jiang -- 14. Modeling as a research method in heterodox economics / Frederic S. Lee -- 15. Mixed research methods and data triangulation: an answer for economics? / Ioana Negru -- Part III. Applications -- 16. A mixed methods approach to investment behavior / Armağan Gezici -- 17. Price stability / Gyun Cheol Gu -- 18. Studying low-income households / Lynne Chester -- 19. Marketization and human service providers: an industry study / Bob Davidson -- 20. A qualitative case study of the Mexican stock market (BMV) from the perspective of critical realism and grounded theory / Jesús Muñoz -- 21. Looking into the black box: policy as a contested process / Jamee K. Moudud -- 22. Modeling the economy as a whole: stock-flow models / Gennaro Zezza -- 23. A mixed methods approach to investigating the employment decisions of aged care workers in Australia / Therese Jefferson, Siobhan Austen, Rhonda Sharp, Rachel Ong, Valerie Adams and Gill Lewin -- 24. Combining qualitative and quantitative methods in field work: an application to research on gender, migration and remittances in Ghana / Lynda Pickbourn -- 25. A data triangulation approach to understanding the behavior of small landholders in Bulgaria / Mieke Meurs -- 26. Measuring the intra-household distribution of wealth in Ecuador: qualitative insights and quantitative outcomes / Carmen Diana Deere and Zachary Catanzarite -- 27. The use of quasi-experimental design in urban and regional research and political economy / Thomas E. Lambert and Michael Bewley -- 28. Detecting business cycles / Susan K. Schroeder -- 29. A régulationist analysis of an industry sector using mixed research methods / Lynne Chester.
    Abstract: Despite the important methodological critiques of the mainstream offered by heterodox economics, the dominant research method taught in heterodox programmes remains econometrics. This compelling Handbook provides a comprehensive introduction to a range of alternative research methods, invaluable for analysing the data prominent in heterodox studies. Providing a solid basis for a mixed methods approach to economic investigations, the expertly crafted contributions are split into three distinct sections: philosophical foundation and research strategy, research methods and data collection, and applications. Introductions to a host of invaluable methods such as survey, historical, ethnographic, experimental and mixed approaches, together with factor, cluster, complex and social network analytics, are complemented by descriptions of applications in practice. Practical and expansive, this Handbook is highly pertinent for students and scholars of economics, particularly those dedicated to heterodox approaches, as it provides a solid reference for mixed methods not available in mainstream economics research methods courses
    Note: Contributors include: V. Adams, S. Austen, A. Basole, M. Bewley, T. Cardão-Pito, Z.B. Catanzarite, G. Cheol Gu, L. Chester, J.F. Cogliano, B. Cronin, B. Davidson, C.D. Deere, P. Downward, A. Gezici, T. Jefferson, X. Jiang, A.R. Johnson, T.E. Lambert, F.S. Lee, G. Lewin, N.O. Martins, A. Mearman, M. Meurs, J. Morgan, J.K. Moudud, J. Muñoz, M.J. Murray, I. Negru, R. Ong, L. Pickbourn, S. Ramnarain, S. Schroeder, R. Sharp, R. Szostack, G. Zezza , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784716202
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1,984 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 318
    Keywords: Manpower policy ; Labor market ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Anders Björklund and Robert Moffitt (1987), 'The Estimation of Wage Gains and Welfare Gains in Self-Selection Models', Review of Economics and Statistics, 69 (1), February, 42-49 -- James J. Heckman, Jeffrey Smith and Nancy Clements (1997), 'Making the Most Out Of Programme Evaluations and Social Experiments: Accounting for Heterogeneity in Programme Impacts', Review of Economic Studies, 64 (4), October, 487-535 -- James Heckman and Salvador Navarro-Lozano (2004), 'Using Matching, Instrumental Variables, and Control Functions to Estimate Economic Choice Models', Review of Economics and Statistics, 86 (1), February, 30-57 -- James J. Heckman and Edward Vytlacil (2005), 'Structural Equations, Treatment Effects, and Econometric Policy Evaluation', Econometrica, 73 (3), May, 669-738 -- Edward Vytlacil (2002), 'Independence, Monotonicity, and Latent Index Models: An Equivalence Result', Econometrica, 70 (1), January, 331-41 -- J.P. Florens, J.J. Heckman, C. Meghir and E. Vytlacil (2008), 'Identification of Treatment Effects Using Control Functions in Models with Continuous, Endogenous Treatment and Heterogeneous Treatment Effects', Econometrica, 76 (5), September, 1191-206 -- Pedro Carneiro, James J. Heckman and Edward Vytlacil (2010), 'Evaluating Marginal Policy Changes and the Average Effect of Treatment for Individuals at the Margin', Econometrica, 78 (1), January, 377-94 -- Jeffrey M. Woolridge (1997), 'On Two Stage Least Squares Estimation of the Average Treatment Effect in a Random Coefficient Model', Economics Letters, 56 (2), October, 129-33 -- Whitney K. Newey (2009), 'Two-step Series Estimation of Sample Selection Models', Econometrics Journal, 12 (S1), January, S217-S219 -- Jinyong Hahn and Geert Ridder (2013), 'Asymptotic Variance of Semiparametric Estimators with Generated Regressors', Econometrica, 81 (1), January, 315-40 -- James J. Heckman (1996), 'Randomization as an Instrumental Variable', Review of Economics and Statistics, 78 (2), May, 336-41 -- Joel L. Horowitz and Charles F. Manski (2000), 'Nonparametric Analysis of Randomized Experiments with Missing Covariate and Outcome Data', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 95 (449), March, 77-84 -- James Heckman, Hidehiko Ichimura, Jeffrey Smith and Petra Todd (1998), 'Characterizing Selection Bias Using Experimental Data', Econometrica, 66 (5), September, 1017-98 -- Paul R. Rosenbaum and Donald B. Rubin (1983), 'The Central Role of the Propensity Score in Observational Studies for Causal Effects', Biometrika, 70 (1), April, 41-55 -- Donald B. Rubin and Neal Thomas (1996), 'Matching Using Estimated Propensity Scores: Relating Theory to Practice', Biometrics, 52 (1), March, 249-64 -- James J. Heckman, Hidehiko Ichimura and Petra E. Todd (1998), 'Matching as an Econometric Evaluation Estimator', Review of Economic Studies, 65 (2), April, 261-94 -- Jinyong Hahn (1998), 'On the Role of the Propensity Score in Efficient Semiparametric Estimation of Average Treatment Effects', Econometrica, 66 (2), March, 315-31 -- Keisuke Hirano, Guido W. Imbens and Geert Ridder (2003), 'Efficient Estimation of Average Treatment Effects Using the Estimated Propensity Score', Econometrica, 71 (4), July, 1161-89 -- Alberto Abadie and Guido W. Imbens (2006), 'Large Sample Properties of Matching Estimators for Average Treatment Effects', Econometrica, 74 (1), January, 235-67.
    Abstract: Alberto Abadie and Guido W. Imbens (2008), 'On The Failure of the Bootstrap for Matching Estimators', Econometrica, 76 (6), November, 1537-57 -- Alberto Abadie and Guido W. Imbens (2011), 'Bias-Corrected Matching Estimators for Average Treatment Effects', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 29 (1), January, 1-11 -- James Heckman (1997), 'Instrumental Variables: A Study of Implicit Behavioral Assumptions Used in Making Program Evaluations', Journal of Human Resources, 32 (3), Summer, 441-62 -- Guido W. Imbens (2004), 'Nonparametric Estimation of Average Treatment Effects under Exogeneity: A Survey', Review of Economics and Statistics, 86 (1), February, 4-29 -- Guido W. Imbens and Joshua D. Angrist (1994), 'Identification and Estimation of Local Average Treatment Effects', Econometrica, 62 (2), March, 467-75 -- Joshua D. Angrist and Guido W. Imbens (1995), 'Two-Stage Least Squares Estimation of Average Causal Effects in Models with Variable Treatment Intensity', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 90 (430), June, 431-42 -- Joshua D. Angrist, Guido W. Imbens and Donald B. Rubin (1996), 'Identification of Causal Effects Using Instrumental Variables', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 91 (434), June, 444-55 -- James J. Heckman, Sergio Urzua and Edward Vytlacil (2006), 'Understanding Instrumental Variables in Models with Essential Heterogeneity', Review of Economics and Statistics, LXXXVIII (3), August, 389-432 -- Whitney K. Newey and James L. Powell (2003), 'Instrumental Variable Estimation of Nonparametric Models', Econometrica, 71 (5), September, 1565-78 -- Jinyong Hahn, Petra Todd and Wilbert Van der Klaauw (2001), 'Identification and Estimation of Treatment Effects with a Regression-Discontinuity Design', Econometrica, 69 (1), January, 201-9 -- David S. Lee and David Card (2008), 'Regression Discontinuity Inference with Specification Error', Journal of Econometrics, 142 (2), February, 655-74 -- David S. Lee and Thomas Lemieux (2010), 'Regression Discontinuity Designs in Economics', Journal of Economic Literature, 48 (2), June, 281-355 -- Justin McCrary (2008), 'Manipulation of the Running Variable in the Regression Discontinuity Design: A Density Test', Journal of Econometrics, 142 (2), February, 698-714 -- Marianne Bertrand, Esther Duflo and Sendhil Mullainathan (2004), 'How Much Should We Trust Differences-in-Differences Estimates?', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 119 (1), February, 249-75 -- Charles F. Manski (1997), 'The Mixing Problem in Programme Evaluation', Review of Economic Studies, 64 (4), October, 537-53 -- Jeffrey M. Woolridge (2007), 'Inverse Probability Weighted Estimation for General Missing Data Problems', Journal of Econometrics, 141 (2), December, 1281-301 -- Jaap H. Abbring and Gerard J. Van den Berg (2003), 'The Nonparametric Identification of Treatment Effects in Duration Models', Econometrica, 71 (5), September, 1491-517, Corrigendum -- James J. Heckman and Salvador Navarro (2007), 'Dynamic Discrete Choice and Dynamic Treatment Effects', Journal of Econometrics, 136 (2), February, 341-96 -- Richard K. Crump, V. Joseph Hotz, Guido W. Imbens and Oscar A. Mitnik (2009), 'Dealing with Limited Overlap in Estimation of Average Treatment Effects', Biometrika, 96 (1), March, 187-99.
    Abstract: David Friedlander, David H. Greenberg and Philip K. Robins (1997), 'Evaluating Government Training Programs for the Economically Disadvantaged', Journal of Economic Literature, XXXV (4), December, 1809-55 -- David Card, Jochen Kluve and Andrea Weber (2010), 'Active Labour Market Policy Evaluations: A Meta-Analysis', Economic Journal, 120, 548, November, F452-F477 -- Howard S. Bloom, Larry L. Orr, Stephen H. Bell, George Cave, Fred Doolittle, Winston Lin and Johannes M. Bos (1997), 'The Benefits and Costs of JTPA Title II-A Programs: Key Findings from the National Job Training Partnership Act Study', Journal of Human Resources, 32 (3), Summer, 549-76 -- Jere R. Behrman, Susan W. Parker and Petra E. Todd (2011), 'Do Conditional Cash Transfers for Schooling Generate Lasting Benefits?: A Five-Year Follow-up of PROGRESA/Oportunidades', Journal of Human Resources, 46 (1), Winter, 93-122 -- Peta Z. Schochet, John Burghardt and Sheena McConnell (2008), 'Does Job Corps Work? Impact Findings from the National Job Corps Study', American Economic Review, 98 (5), December, 1864-86 -- Michael Lechner (1999), 'Earnings and Employment Effects of Continuous Off-the-Job Training in East Germany after Unification', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 17 (1), January, 74-90 -- Markus Frölich, Almas Heshmati and Michael Lechner (2004), 'A Microeconometric Evaluation of Rehabilitation of Long-Term Sickness in Sweden', Journal of Applied Econometrics, 19 (3), May/June, 375-96 -- Michael Gerfin and Michael Lechner (2002), 'A Microeconometric Evaluation of the Active Labour Market Policy in Switzerland', Economic Journal, 112 (482), October, 854-93 -- James J. Heckman and Paul A. LaFontaine (2006), 'Bias-Corrected Estimates of GED Returns', Journal of Labor Economics, 24 (3), July, 661-700 -- Louis Jacobson, Robert Lalonde and Daniel G. Sullivan (2005), 'Estimating the Returns to Community College Schooling for Displaced Workers', Journal of Econometrics, 125 (1-2), March-April, 271-304 -- Michael Lechner (2002), 'Program Heterogeneity and Propensity Score Matching: An Application to the Evaluation of Active Labor Market Policies', Review of Economics and Statistics, 84 (2), May, 205-20 -- Pedro Carneiro, James J. Heckman and Edward J. Vytlacil (2011), 'Estimating Marginal Returns to Education', American Economic Review, 101 (6), October, 2754-81 -- Joshua D. Angrist (1989), 'Lifetime Earnings and the Vietnam Era Draft Lottery: Evidence from Social Security Administrative Records', American Economic Review, 80 (3), June, 313-36 -- Dan A. Black, Jeffrey A. Smith, Mark C. Berger and Brett J. Noel (2003), 'Is the Threat of Reemployment Services More Effective Than the Services Themselves? Evidence from Random Assignment in the UI System', American Economic Review, 93 (4), September, 1313-27 -- Wilbert Van der Klaauw (2002), 'Estimating the Effect of Financial Aid Offers on College Enrollment: A Regression-Discontinuity Approach', International Economic Review, 43 (4), November, 1249-87 -- James J. Heckman, Hidehiko Ichimura and Petra E. Todd (1997), 'Matching as an Econometric Evaluation Estimator: Evidence from Evaluating a Job Training Programme', Review of Economic Studies, 64 (4), October, 605-54 -- Martin Huber, Michael Lechner and Conny Wunsch (2013), 'The Performance of Estimators Based on the Propensity Score', Journal of Econometrics, 175 (1), July, 1-21 -- Michael Lechner and Conny Wunsch (2013), 'Sensitivity of Matching-Based Program Evaluations to the Availability of Control Variables', Labour Economics, 21, April, 111-21 -- Matias Busso, John DiNardo and Justin McCrary (2014), 'New Evidence on the Finite Sample Properties of Propensity Score Reweighting and Matching Estimators', Review of Economics and Statistics, 96 (5), December, 885-97.
    Abstract: James Heckman, Jeffrey Smith and Chrsitopher Taber (1998), 'Accounting for Dropouts in Evaluations of Social Programs', Review of Economic and Statistics, LXXX (1), February, 1-14 -- James J. Heckman and Jeffrey A. Smith (1999), 'The Pre-Programme Earnings Dip and the Determinants of Participation in a Social Programme. Implications for Simple Programme Evaluation Strategies', Economic Journal, 109 (457), July, 313-48 -- James J. Heckman, Carolyn Heinrich and Jeffrey Smith (2002), 'The Performance of Performance Standards', Journal of Human Resources, 37 (4), Autumn, 778-811 -- John C. Ham and Robert J. Lalonde (1996), 'The Effect of Sample Selection and Initial Conditions in Duration Models: Evidence from Experimental Data on Training', Econometrica, 64 (1), January, 175-205 -- Curtis Eberwein, John C. Ham and Robert J. Lalonde (1997), 'The Impact of Being Offered and Receiving Classroom Training on the Employment Histories of Disadvantaged Women: Evidence from Experimental Data', Review of Economic Studies, 64 (4), October, 655-82 -- Gerard J. van den Berg, Bas van der Klaauw and Jan C. van Ours (2004), 'Punitive Sanctions and the Transition Rate from Welfare to Work', Journal of Labor Economics, 22 (1), January, 211-41 -- Jaap H. Abbring, Gerard J. van den Berg and Jan C. van Ours (2005), 'The Effect of Unemployment Insurance Sanctions on the Transition Rate from Unemployment to Employment', Economic Journal, 115 (505), July, 602-30 -- Barbara Sianesi (2004), 'An Evaluation of the Swedish System of Active Labor Market Programs in the 1990s', Review of Economics and Statistics, 86 (1), February, 133-55 -- Peter Fredriksson and Per Johansson (2008), 'Dynamic Treatment Assignment: The Consequences for Evaluations Using Observational Data', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 26 (4), October, 435-45 -- Daniel Friedlander and Philip K. Robins (1995), 'Evaluating Program Evaluations: New Evidence on Commonly Used Nonexperimental Methods', American Economic Review, 85 (4), September, 923-37 -- Rajeev H. Dehejia and Sadek Wahba (1999), 'Causal Effects in Nonexperimental Studies: Reevaluating the Evaluation of Training Programs', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 94 (448), December, 1053-62 -- Rajeev H. Dehejia and Sadek Wahba (2002), 'Propensity Score-Matching Methods for Nonexperimental Causal Studies', Review of Economics and Statistics, 84 (1), February, 151-61 -- Juan Jose Diaz and Sudhanshu Handa (2006), 'An Assessment of Propensity Score Matching as a Nonexperimental Impact Estimator: Evidence from Mexico's PROGRESA Program', Journal of Human Resources, 41 (2), Spring, 319-45 -- Stevem Glazerman, Dan M. Levy and David Myers (2003), 'Nonexperimental versus Experimental Estimates of Earnings Impacts', Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, 589, September, 63-93 -- Charles Michalopoulos, Howard S. Bloom and Carolyn J. Hill (2004), 'Can Propensity-Score Methods Match the Findings from a Random Assignment Evaluation of Mandatory Welfare-to-Work Programs?', Review of Economics and Statistics, 86 (1), February, 156-79 -- Jeffrey A. Smith and Petra E. Todd (2005), 'Does Matching Overcome LaLonde's Critique of Nonexperimental Estimators?', Journal of Econometrics, 125 (1-2), March-April, 305-53 -- Elizabeth Ty Wilde and Robinson Hollister (2007), 'How Close Is Close Enough? Evaluating Propensity Score Matching Using Data from a Class Size Reduction Experiment', Journal of Policy Analysis and Management, 26 (3), Summer, 455-77.
    Abstract: This timely research review pinpoints seminal works on active labour market policies. Topics covered in this review include econometric policy evaluation, social experiments, regression discontinuity designs, evaluations of active labour market policies and ending with final conclusions on evaluating the evaluations
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785360848
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (3 v) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Keywords: Law and economics ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Ronald H. Coase, 'The Problem of Social Cost', Journal of Law and Economics, III (October), 1-44 (1960) -- Adam Smith, An Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations (1776) -- Jeremy Bentham, Of Laws in General (1782) -- Jeremy Bentham, Introduction to the Principles of Morals and Legislation (1789) -- Ronald H. Coase, 'Economics and Contiguous Disciplines', Journal of Legal Studies, 7, 201-11 (1978) -- Charles K. Rowley, 'Social Sciences and Law: The Relevance of Economic Theories', Oxford Journal of Legal Studies, 1 (3), 391-405 (1981) -- Guido Calabresi, 'About Law and Economics: A Letter to Ronald Dworkin',Hofstra Law Review, 8, 553-62 (1980) -- Richard A. Posner, 'An Economic Theory of the Criminal Law', Columbia Law Review, 85 (6), October,1193-231 (1985a) -- James Buchanan, 'Good Economics-Bad Law',Virginia Law Review, 60, 483-92 (1974) -- Charles K. Rowley, 'The Common Law in Public Choice Perspective: A Theoretical and Institutional Critique', Hamline Law Review, 12, 355-83 (1989) -- William M. Landes, 'An Economic Analysis of the Courts',Journal of Law and Economics, 14, 61-107 (1971) -- Paul H. Rubin, 'Why is the Common Law Efficient?',Journal of Legal Studies, VI (1), January, 51-63 (1977) -- George L. Priest, 'The Common Law Process and the Selection of Efficient Rules', Journal of Legal Studies, VI (1), January, 65-82, (1977) -- George L. Priest and Benjamin Klein, 'The Selection of Disputes for Litigation', Journal of Legal Studies, XIII (1), January, 1-55 (1984) -- Robert D. Cooterand Lewis Kornhauser, 'Can Litigation Improve the Law Without the Help of Judges?',Journal of Legal Studies, 9, 139-63 (1980) -- Robert D. Cooter and Daniel L. Rubinfeld, 'Economic Analysis of Legal Disputes and Their Resolution', Journal of Economic Literature, XXVII, September, 1067-97 (1989) -- Steven Shavell, 'The Social Versus the Private Incentive to Bring Suit in a Costly Legal System',Journal of Legal Studies, 11, 333-9 (1982) -- Peter S. Menell, 'A Note on Private Versus Social Incentives to Sue in a Costly Legal System',Journal of Legal Studies, 12, 41-52 (1983) -- Susan Rose-Ackermann and Mark Geistfeld, 'The Divergence between Social and Private Incentives to Sue: A Comment on Shavell, Menell, and Kaplow', Journal of Legal Studies, 16, 483-91 (1987).
    Abstract: Lewis Kaplow, 'Private Versus Social Costs in Bringing Suits', Journal of Legal Studies, 15, 371-85 (1986) -- Steven Shavell, 'The Fundamental Divergence between the Private and the Social Motive to Use the Legal System',Journal of Legal Studies, 26, 575-612 (1997) -- Steven Shavell, 'The Level of Litigation: Private Versus Social Optimality of Suit and of Settlement',International Review of Law and Economics, 19, 99-115 (1999) -- Anthony Niblett, Richard Posner and Andrei Shleifer, The Evolution of a Legal Rule, NBER Working Papers No. 13856, National Bureau of Economic Research (2008) -- Richard A. Posner, 'What Do Judges and Justices Maximize? The Same Thing Everybody Else Does',Supreme Court Economic Review, 3, 1-41 (1994) -- Richard A. Posner, 'The Role of the Judge in the Twenty-First Century',Boston University Law Review, 86, 1049-68 (2006) -- Todd Zywicki, 'The Rise and Fall of Efficiency in the Common Law: A Supply-Side Analysis',Northwestern Law Review, 97, 1551-634 (2003) -- VincyFonand Francesco Parisi, 'Litigation and the Evolution of Legal Remedies: A Dynamic Model',Public Choice, 116, 419-33 (2003) -- Francesco ParisiandVincyFon, The Economics of Lawmaking, Oxford University Press (2009) -- Paul H. Rubin, Evolution of the Efficient Common Law, Edward Elgar (2006) -- Richard A. Posner (1980), 'The Ethical and Political Basis of the Efficiency Norm in Common Law Adjudication', Hofstra Law Review, 8, 487-507 -- Robert C. Ellickson, Order Without Law: How Neighbors Settle Disputes, Harvard University Press (1991) -- Robert C. Ellickson (1994), 'The Aim of Order Without Law', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 150 (1), March, 97-100 -- Robert D. Cooter (1994), 'An Economic Model of Legal Discover', Journal of Legal Studies, XXIII, January, 435-63 -- Francesco Parisi, 'Toward a Theory of Spontaneous Law',Constitutional PoliticalEconomy, 6, 211-31 (1995b) -- Paul R. Milgrom, Douglass C. North and Barry R. Weingast, 'The Role of Institutions in the Revival of Trade: The Law Merchant, Private Judges, and the Champagne Fairs', Economics and Politics, 2, 1-23 (1990) -- Avner Greif, Paul Milgrom and Barry R. Weingast, 'Coordination, Commitment, and Enforcement: The Case of the Merchant Guild',Journal of Political Economy, 102, 745-76 (1994) -- Lisa Bernstein, 'Opting Out of the Legal System: Extralegal Contractual Relations in the Diamond Industry', Journal of Legal Studies, XXI, January, 115-57(1992) -- Lisa Bernstein, 'Merchant Law in a Merchant Court: Rethinking the Code's Search for Immanent Business Norms', University of Pennsylvania Law Review, 144, 1765-821 (1996).
    Abstract: Eric A. Feldman, 'The Tuna Court: Law and Norms in the World's Premier Fish Market',California Law Review, 94, 313-69 (2006) -- William M. Landes and Richard R. Posner, 'Adjudication as a Private Good', Journal of Legal Studies, VIII (2), March, 235-84 (1979) -- Jack L. Goldsmith and Eric A. Posner, 'A Theory of Customary International Law', University of Chicago Law Review, 66, 1113-77 (1999) -- Jack L. Goldsmith and Eric A. Posner, 'Understanding the Resemblance Between Modern and Traditional Customary International Law',Virginia Journal of International Law, 40, 639-72 (2000) -- Eric A. Posner and Alan O. Sykes, Economic Foundations of International Law, Belknap Press (2013) -- VincyFonand Francesco Parisi, 'International Customary Law and Articulation Theories: An Economic Analysis', International Law and Management Review, 2, 201-33 (2007) -- VincyFonand Francesco Parisi, 'Role Reversibility, Stochastic Ignorance, and Social Cooperation', Journal of Socio-Economics, 37, 1061-75 (2008) -- Eugene Kontorovich, 'Inefficient Customs in International Law', William and Mary Law Review, 48, 859-922 (2006) -- Ronald H. Coase, 'The Federal Communications Commission', Journal of Law and Economics, II, October, 1-40 (1959) -- George J. Stigler, The Theory of Price, 3rdedn, Macmillan (1966) -- Harold Demsetz, 'Toward a Theory of Property Rights', American Economic Review, 57 (2), May, 347-59 (1967) -- Harold Demsetz, 'When Does the Rule of Liability Matter?',Journal of Legal Studies, I (1), January, 13-28 (1972) -- Guido Calabresi and A. Douglas Melamed, 'Property Rules, Liability Rules, and Inalienability: One View of the Cathedral', Harvard Law Review, 85 (6), April, 1089-128 (1972) -- Armen A. Alchian, 'Some Economics of Property Rights', Il Politico, 30, 816-29 (1965a) -- Richard A. Epstein, 'Holdouts, Externalities, and the Single Owner: One More Salute to Ronald Coase', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXVI, April, 553-86 (1993) -- Francesco Parisi, 'Private Property and Social Costs',European Journal of Law and Economics, 2 (2), June, 149-73 (1995a) -- James Buchanan, 'Coase Theorem and the Theory of the State',National Resources Journal, 13, 579-94 (1973) -- Gregory Sidak, 'The Inverse Coase Theorem and Declarations of War',Duke Law Journal, 41, 325-28 (1991) -- Francesco Parisi, 'Political Coase Theorem',Public Choice, 115, 1-36 (2003).
    Abstract: Barbara Luppiand Francesco Parisi, 'Politics With(out) Coase,' International Review of Economics (forthcoming); Minnesota Legal Studies Research Paper No. 11-44 -- George J. Stigler, 'Two Notes on the Coase Theorem', Yale Law Journal, 99 (3), December, 631-3 (1989) -- Robert C. Ellickson, 'Of Coase and Cattle: Dispute Resolution Among Neighbors in Shasta County', Yale Law School Faculty Scholarship Series, 466 (1986) -- Kenneth Vogel, 'The Coase Theorem and California Animal Trespass Law', Journal of Legal Studies, 16, 149-87 (1987) -- Paul Samuelson, 'Some Uneasiness with the Coase Theorem', Japan and the World Economy, 7, 1-7 (1995) -- A.W. Brian Simpson, 'Coase v. Pigou Reexamined', Journal of Legal Studies, 25, 53-98 (1996) -- Avinash Dixit and Mancur Olson, 'Does Voluntary Participation Undermine the Coase Theorem?',Journal of Public Economics, 76, 309-35 (2000) -- Christine Jolls, Cass Sunstein and Richard Thaler, 'A Behavioral Approach to Law and Economics',Stanford Law Review, 50, 1471-550 (1998) -- Richard A. Posner, 'Rational Choice, Behavioral Economics, and the Law', Stanford Law Review, 50, 1551-75 (1998) -- Richard A. Posner , Economic Analysis of Law, 8thedn, Aspen Publishing (2010) -- Richard A. Posner, 'Gratuitous Promises in Economics and Law',Journal of Legal Studies, 6, 411-26 (1977) -- Charles J. Goetz and Robert E. Scott, 'Enforcing Promises: An Examination of the Basisof Contract', Yale Law Journal, 89 (7), June, 1261-88 and 1321-2 (1980) -- Ian Ayres and Robert Gertner, 'Filling Gaps in Incomplete Contracts: An Economic Theory of Default Rules', Yale Law Journal, 99 (1), October, 87-130 (1989) -- Anthony T. Kronman, 'Mistake, Disclosure, Information, and the Law of Contracts', Journal of Legal Studies, VII (1), January, 1-34 (1978) -- Oliver E. Williamson, The Economic Institutions of Capitalism, Free Press (1985) -- Anthony T. Kronman, 'Contract Law and the State of Nature', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 1, 5-32 (1985) -- Timothy J. Muris, 'Opportunistic Behavior and the Law of Contracts', Minnesota Law Review, LXV, 521-75 and 589-90 (1981) -- John H. Barton, 'The Economic Basis of Damages for Breach of Contract', Journal of Legal Studies, I (2), June, 277-304 (1972) -- Steven Shavell, 'Damage Measures for Breach of Contract', Bell Journal of Economics, 11 (2), Autumn, 466-90 (1980a).
    Abstract: Charles J. Goetz and Robert E. Scott, 'Liquidated Damages, Penalties and the Just Compensation Principle: Some Notes on an Enforcement Model and a Theory of Efficient Breach', Columbia Law Review, 77, 554-94 (1977) -- Alan Schwartz, 'The Case for Specific Performance', Yale Law Review, 89, December, 271-306 (1979) -- Guido Calabresi, 'Some Thoughts on Risk Distribution and the Law of Torts', Yale Law Journal, 70, 499-553 (1961) -- Guido Calabresi, The Costs of Accidents: A Legal and Economic Analysis, Yale University Press (1970) -- John Prater Brown, 'Toward an Economic Theory of Liability', Journal of Legal Studies, 2, 323-49 (1973) -- Peter A. Diamond, 'Accident Law and Resource Allocation', Bell Journal of Economics, 5, 366-405 (1974) -- Robert D. Cooterand Ariel Porat, 'Does Harm to Self Increase the Care Owed to Others? Law and Economics in Conflict', Journal of Legal Studies, 29, 19-34 (2000) -- Barbara Luppi, Francesco Parisi, and Daniel Pi, Double-Edged Torts, Minnesota Legal Studies Research Paper No. 12-57 (2013) -- Steven Shavell, 'Strict Liability Versus Negligence', Journal of Legal Studies, IX (1), January, 1-25 (1980b) -- Steven Shavell, 'Liability for Harm Versus Regulation of Safety', Journal of Legal Studies, XIII (2), June, 357-74(1984) -- William M. Landes and Richard A. Posner, 'The Positive Economic Theory of Tort Law', Georgia Law Review, 851 (1980) -- Guido Calabresi, 'The Decision for Accidents: An Approach to Non-Fault Allocation of Costs', Harvard Law Review, 78 (4), February, 713-45(1965) -- Guido Calabresi, Address, 6th Annual Meeting of the American Law and Economics Association, May 10 (1996) -- Guido Calabresi and Jeffrey Cooper, 'New Directions in Tort Law',Valparaiso University Law Review, 30, 859-884 (1996) -- Francesco Parisi and VincyFon, 'Comparative Causation', American Law and Economics Review, 6 (2), Fall (2004) -- Giuseppe Dari-Mattiacci, Bruno Lovat and Francesco Parisi, Loss Sharing between Non-Negligent Parties, Minnesota Legal Studies Research Paper No. 11-24 (2013) -- Michael Tonry, 'Learning from the Limitations of Deterrence Research',Crime and Justice, 37,279-311 (2008) -- Cheryl Marie Webster and Anthony N. Doob, 'Searching for Sasquatch: Deterrence of Crime Through Sentence Severity', in Joan Petersilia and Kevin R. Reitz (eds), Oxford Handbook of Sentencing and Corrections, Oxford University Press, 173-95 (2012) -- Douglas Husak, Overcriminalization: The Limits of the Criminal Law, Oxford University Press (2008).
    Abstract: Gary S. Becker, 'Crime and Punishment: An Economic Approach', Journal of Political Economy, 76, 169-217 (1968) -- George J. Stigler, 'The Optimum Enforcement of Laws', Journal of Political Economy, 78, 526-36 (1970) -- Issac Ehrlich, 'The Deterrent Effect of Criminal Law Enforcement', Journal of Legal Studies, I (2), June, 259-76 (1972) -- Charles R. Tittle, Sanctions and Social Deviance - the Question of Deterrence, National Science Foundation (1980) -- Richard C. Hollinger, 'Deterrence in the Workplace: Perceived Certainty, Perceived Severity, and Employee Theft',Social Forces, 62, 398-418 (1983) -- Daniel Kessler and Steven D. Levitt, 'Using Sentence Enhancements to Distinguish between Deterrence and Incapacitation',Journal of Law and Economics, 42, 343-64 (1999) -- Steven D. Levitt, 'The Case of the Critics Who Missed the Point: A Reply to Webster et al.', Criminology and Public Policy, 5, 449-60 (2006) -- Cheryl Marie Webster, Anthony Doob and Franklin Zimring, 'Proposition 8 and Crime Rates in California: The Case of the Disappearing Deterrent',Criminology and Public Policy, 5, 417-48 (2006) -- Michael Tonry, 'Learning from the Limitations of Deterrence Research', Crime and Justice, 37 (1), 279-311 (2008) -- Cheryl Marie Webster and Anthony N. Doob, 'Searching for Sasquatch: Deterrence of Crime Through Sentence Severity', in Joan Petersilia and Kevin R. Reitz (eds), The Oxford Handbook of Sentencing and Corrections, Oxford University Press, 173-95(2012) -- Silvia M. Mendes and Michael D. McDonald, 'Putting Severity of Punishment Back in the Deterrence Package', Policy Studies Journal, 29, 588-610 (2001) -- Silvia M. Mendes, 'Certainty, Severity, and Their Relative Deterrent Effects: Questioning the Implications of the Role of Risk in Criminal Deterrence Policy', Policy Studies Journal, 32, 59-74 (2004) -- Richard A. Posner, 'An Economic Theory of the Criminal Law',Columbia Law Review, 85, 1193-231 (1985b) -- Steven Shavell, 'Criminal Law and the Optimal Use of Nonmonetary Sanctions as a Deterrent', Columbia Law Review, 85 (6), October, 1232-62 (1985) -- William M. Landesand Richard A. Posner, 'The Private Enforcement of Law',Journal of Legal Studies, 4, 1-46 (1975) -- Gary S. Becker and George J. Stigler, 'Law Enforcement Malfeasance, and Compensation of Enforcers', Journal of Legal Studies, III (1), January, 1-18 (1974) -- John R. Lott, Jr., 'A Transaction-Costs Explanation for Why the Poor Are More Likely to Commit Crime',Journal of Legal Studies, 19, 243 (1990) -- Cathy Buchanan and Peter R. Hartley, 'Criminal Choice: An Economic View of Life Outside the Law',Policy, Autumn, 54-8 (1990) -- Manuel A. Utset, When Good People Do Bad Things: Time-Inconsistent Misconduct and Criminal Law, FSU Public Law Research Paper No. 232 (2006).
    Abstract: Frank H. Easterbrook, 'Criminal Procedure as a Market System', Journal of Legal Studies, XII (2), 289-332 (1983) -- Lloyd Cohen, 'Marriage, Divorce, and Quasi Rents; or, "I Gave Him the Best Years of My Life"', Journal of Legal Studies, XVI (2), 267-303 (1987) -- Elisabeth M. Landes and Richard A. Posner, 'The Economics of the Baby Shortage', Journal of Legal Studies, VII (2), June, 323-48 (1978) -- Margaret F. Brinig, 'Rings and Promises', Journal of Law, Economics and Organization, 6 (1), Spring, 203-15 (1990) -- Ronald H. Coase, 'The Nature of the Firm', Economica, 4, 386-405 (1937) -- Armen Alchian, 'The Basis of Some Recent Advances in the Theory of Management and the Firm', Journal of Industrial Economics, 14, 30-41 (1965b) -- Armen Alchian, 'Corporate Management and Property Rights,' in H.G. Manne (ed.), Economic Policy and the Regulation of Corporate Securities, 337-60, American Enterprise Institute (1969) -- Henry G. Manne, 'Our Two Corporation Systems: Law and Economics', Virginia Law Review, 53 (2), March, 259-84 (1967) -- Harold Demsetz, 'The Cost of Transacting',Quarterly Journal of Economics, 82,33-53 (1968) -- Henry G. Manne, 'Mergers and the Market for Corporate Control', Journal of Political Economy, LXXIII, 110-20 (1965) -- Ralph K. Winter, Jr, 'State Law, Shareholder Protection, and the Theory of the Corporation', Journal of Legal Studies, VI (2), June, 251-92 (1977) -- Frank H. Easterbrook and Daniel R. Fischel, 'Corporate Control Transactions', Yale Law Journal, 91 (4), March, 698-737 (1982) -- Michael C. Jensen and William H. Meckling, 'Theory of the Firm: Managerial Behavior, Agency Costs and Ownership Structure', Journal of Financial Economics, 3, 305-60 (1976) -- Oliver Williamson, 'Corporate Governance', Yale Law Journal, 93 (7), June, 1197-230 (1984) -- John R. Commons , Institutional Economics, University of Wisconsin Press (1934) -- Roberta Romano, 'Law as a Product: Some Pieces of the Incorporation Puzzle', Journal of Law, Economics and Organization, 1 (2), Fall, 225-83 (1985) -- Michelle J. White, 'The Corporate Bankruptcy Decision', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 3 (2), Spring, 129-51 (1989) -- Richard A. Posner, 'The Constitution as an Economic Document', George Washington Law Review, 56 (1), November, 4-38 (1987b) -- John A. Ferejohn and Barry R. Weingast, 'A Positive Theory of Statutory Interpretation', International Review of Law and Economics, 12 (2), June, 263-79 (1992).
    Abstract: Richard A. Postier (1987), 'The Law and Economics Movement', American Economic Review, 77 (2), May, 1-13 -- Ronald H. Coase (1978), 'Economics and Contiguous Disciplines', Journal of Legal Studies, VII (2), June, 201-11 -- Guido Calabresi (1980), 'About Law and Economics: A Letter to Ronald Dworkin', Hofstra Law Review, 9 (3), Spring, 553-62 -- Charles K. Rowley (1981), 'Social Sciences and Law: The Relevance of Economic Theories', Oxford Journal of Legal Studies, 1 (3), Winter, 391-405 -- Richard A. Posner (1985), 'Wealth Maximization Revisited', Notre Dame Journal of Law, Ethics and Public Policy, 2 (1), Fall, 85-105 -- William M. Landes (1971), 'An Economic Analysis of the Courts', Journal of Law and Economics, XTV (1), April, 61-107 -- Isaac Ehrlich and Richard A. Posner (1974), 'An Economic Analysis of Legal Rulemaking', Journal of Legal Studies, III. (1), January, 257-86 -- Paul H. Rubin (1977), 'Why is the Common Law Efficient?', Journal of Legal Studies, VI (1), January, 51-63 -- George L. Priest (1977), 'The Common Law Process and the Selection of Efficient Rules', Journal of Legal Studies, VI (1), January, 65-82 -- George L. Priest and Benjamin Klein (1984), 'The Selection of Disputes for Litigation', Journal of Legal Studies, XIII (1), January, 1-55 -- Robert D. Cooter and Daniel L. Rubinfeld (1989), 'Economic Analysis of Legal Disputes and Their Resolution', Journal of Economic Literature, XXVII, September, 1067-97 -- Richard A. Posner (1980), 'A Theory of Primitive Society, with Special Reference to Law', Journal of Law and Economics, XXIII (1), April, 1-53 -- Robert C. Ellickson (1994), 'The Aim of Order Without Law', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 150 (1), March, 97-100 -- Robert D. Cooler (1994), 'Structural Adjudication and the New Law Merchant: A Model of Decentralized Law', International Review of Law and Economics, 14 (2), June, 215-31 -- William M. Landes and Richard A. Posner (1979), 'Adjudication as a Private Good', Journal of Legal Studies, VIII (2), March, 235-84 -- F.A. Hayek (1973), 'Nomos: The Law of Liberty', Law, Legislation and Liberty, Volume I: Rules and Order, Chapter 5, London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, 94-123 + 168-73 [notes] -- R.H. Coase (1960), 'The Problem of Social Cost', Journal of Law and Economics, III, October, 1-44 -- Harold Demsetz (1972), 'When Does the Rule of Liability Matter?', Journal of Legal Studies, I (1), January, 13-28 -- Armen A. Alchian (1965), 'Some Economics of Property Rights', Il Politico, 30, 816-29.
    Abstract: Harold Demsetz (1967), 'Toward a Theory of Property Rights', American Economic Review, 57 (2), May, 347-59 -- Guido Calabresi and A. Douglas Melaraed (1972), 'Property Rules, Liability Rules, and Inalienability: One View of the Cathedral', Harvard Law Review, 85 (6), April, 1089-1128 -- George J. Stigler (1989), 'Two Notes on the Coase Theorem', Yale Law Journal, 99 (3), December, 631-3 -- Richard A. Epstein (1993), 'Holdouts, Externalities, and the Single Owner: One More Salute to Ronald Coase', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXVI, April, 553-86 -- Francesco Parisi (1995), 'Private Property and Social Costs', European Journal of Law and Economics, 2 (2), June, 149-73 -- John H. Barton (1972), 'The Economic Basis of Damages for Breach of Contract', Journal of Legal Studies, I (2), June, 277-304 -- Anthony T. Kronman (1978), 'Mistake, Disclosure, Information, and the Law of Contracts', Journal of Legal Studies, VII (1), January, 1-34 -- Alan Schwartz (1979), 'The Case for Specific Performance', Yale Law Journal, 89, December, 271-306 -- Charles J. Goetz and Robert E. Scott (1980), 'Enforcing Promises: An Examination of the Basis of Contract', Yale Law Journal, 89 (7), June, 1261-88 and 1321-2 -- Steven Shavell (1980), 'Damage Measures for Breach of Contract', Bell Journal of Economics, 11 (2), Autumn, 466-90 -- Timothy J. Muris (1981), 'Opportunistic Behavior and the Law of Contracts', Minnesota Law Review, LXV, 521-75 and 589-90 -- Ian Ayres and Robert Gertner (1989), 'Filling Gaps in Incomplete Contracts: An Economic Theory of Default Rules', Yale Law Journal, 99 (1), October, 87-130 -- William M. Landes and Richard A. Posner (1981), 'The Positive Economic Theory of Tort Law', Georgia Law Review, 15 (4), Summer, 851-924 -- Steven Shavell (1980), 'Strict Liability Versus Negligence', Journal of Legal Studies, IX (1), January, 1-25 -- Steven Shavell (1984), 'Liability for Harm Versus Regulation of Safety', Journal of Legal Studies, XIII (2), June, 357-74 -- William Bishop (1983), 'The Contract-Tort Boundary and the Economics of Insurance', Journal of Legal Studies, XII (2), June, 241-66 -- Robert D. Cooler (1982), 'Economic Analysis of Punitive Damages', Southern California Law Review, 56, 79-101 -- Gary S. Becker (1968), 'Crime and Punishment: An Economic Approach', Journal of Political Economy, 76, 169-217 -- George J. Stigter (1970), 'The Optimum Enforcement of Laws', Journal of Political Economy, 78, 526-36.
    Abstract: Isaac Ehrlich (1972), 'The Deterrent Effect of Criminal Law Enforcement', Journal of Legal Studies, I (2), June, 259-76 -- Gary S. Becker and George J. Stigler (1974), 'Law Enforcement, Malfeasance, and Compensation of Enforcers', Journal of Legal Studies, III (1), January, 1-18 -- A. Mitchell Polinsky and Steven Shavell (1979), 'The Optimal Tradeoff between the Probability and Magnitude of Fines', American Economic Review, 69 (5), December, 880-91 -- Frank H. Easterbrook (1983), 'Criminal Procedure as a Market System', Journal of Legal Studies, XII (2), June, 289-332 -- Robert Cooter (1984), 'Prices and Sanctions', Columbia Law Review, 84 (6), October, 1523-60 -- Steven Shavell (1985), 'Criminal Law and the Optimal Use of Nonmonetary Sanctions as a Deterrent', Columbia Law Review, 85 (6), October, 1232-62 -- Elisabeth M. Landes and Richard A. Posner (1978), 'The Economics of the Baby Shortage', Journal of Legal Studies, VII (2), June, 323-48 -- Lloyd Cohen (1987), 'Marriage, Divorce, and Quasi Rents; or, "I Gave Him the Best Years of My Life"', Journal of Legal Studies, XVI (2), June, 267-303 -- Margaret F. Brinig (1990), 'Rings and Promises', Journal of Law, Economics and Organization, 6 (1), Spring, 203-15 -- Henry G. Manne (1967), 'Our Two Corporation Systems: Law and Economies', Virginia Law Review, 53 (2), March, 259-84 -- Michael C. Jensen and William H. Meckling (1976), 'Theory of the Firm: Managerial Behavior, Agency Costs and Ownership Structure', Journal of Financial Economics, 3, 305-60 -- Oliver Williamson (1984), 'Corporate Governance', Yale Law Journal, 93 (7), June, 1197-1230 -- Roberta Romano (1985), 'Law as a Product: Some Pieces of the Incorporation Puzzle', Journal of Law, Economics and Organization, 1 (2), Fall, 225-83 -- Henry G. Manne (1965), 'Mergers and the Market for Corporate Control', Journal of Political Economy, LXXIII, 110-20 -- Frank H. Easterbrook and Daniel R. Ftschel (1982), 'Corporate Control Transactions', Yale Law Journal, 91 (4), March, 698-737 -- Ralph K. Winter, Jr (1977), 'State Law, Shareholder Protection, and the Theory of the Corporation', Journal of Legal Studies, VI (2), June, 251-92 -- Michelle J. White (1989), 'The Corporate Bankruptcy Decision', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 3 (2), Spring, 129-51 -- William M. Landes and Richard A. Posner (1975), 'The Independent Judiciary in an Interest-Group Perspective', Journal of Law and Economics, XVIII (3), December, 875-901 -- Richard A. Posner (1987), 'The Constitution as an Economic Document', George Washington Law Review, 56 (1), November, 4-38.
    Abstract: John A. Ferejohn and Barry R. Weingast (1992), 'A Positive Theory of Statutory Interpretation', International Review of Law and Economics, 12 (2), June, 263-79 -- Aaron Director (1964), 'The Parity of the Economic Market Place', Journal of Law and Economics, VII, October, 1-10 -- R.H. Coase (1974), 'The Market for Goods and the Market for Ideas', American Economic Review, 64 (2), May, 384-91 -- Fred S. McChesney (1988), 'A Positive Regulatory Theory of the First Amendment', Connecticut Law Review, 20 (2), Winter, 355-82 -- William M. Landes (1968), 'The Economics of Fair Employment Laws', Journal of Political Economy, 76, 507-52 -- Edmund S. Phelps (1972), 'The Statistical Theory of Racism and Sexism', American Economic Review, 62, 659-61 -- Richard A. Posner (1984), 'Some Economics of Labor Law', University of Chicago Law Review, 51 (4), Fall, 988-1011 -- Richard A. Epstein (1984), 'In Defense of the Contract at Will', University of Chicago Law Review, 51 (4), Fall, 947-82 -- John J. Donohue III (1989), 'Prohibiting Sex Discrimination in the Workplace: An Economic Perspective', University of Chicago Law Review, 56 (4), Fall, 1337-68.
    Abstract: Please note this updated and revised Research Review is only available online. The link to Buy Book in Print and Find This Book in Your Library is to a previous edition available in print. The previous print edition reprints the full text of many, though not all, of the Recommended Articles and complements the online edition.This Research Review presents an authoritative selection of the most important articles in law and economics literature, written by distinguished scholars such as Ronald Coase, Robert Cooter, Henry Manne, Steven Shavell and Oliver Williamson. The articles discussed cover the entire spectrum of private and public law
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784719760
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (640 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series
    Keywords: Evolutionary economics ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Veblen, T. (1898), "Why is Economics Not an Evolutionary Science?" Quarterly Journal of Economics, -- Marshall, A. (1961[1890]), Principles of Economics, London: Macmillan -- Hodgson, G.M. (1993), Economics and Evolution: Bringing Life Back into Economics, Cambridge: Polity Press -- Bowler, P.J. (1989), Evolution - The History of an Idea, Berkeley: University of California Press -- Mirowski, P. (1988), Against Mechanism - Protecting Economics from Science, Totowa, NJ: Rowman & Littlefield -- Mas-Colell, A., Whinston, M.D., and Green, J.R. (1995), Microeconomic Theory, Oxford: Oxford University Press -- Witt, U. (2008), "What is Specific About Evolutionary Economics?" Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 18, 547-575 -- Schumpeter, J.A. (1934[1912]), Theory of Economic Development, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press (first published as Theorie der Wirtschaftlichen Entwicklung, 1912) -- Schumpeter, J.A. (1908), Das Wesen und der Hauptinhalt der theoretischen Nationalökonomie, Leipzig: -- Schumpeter, J.A. (1910), "Über das Wesen der Wirtschaftskrisen", Zeitschrift für Volkswirtschaft, Sozialpolitik und Verwaltung, 19, 271-325 -- Witt, U. (2014), "The Future of Evolutionary Economics: Why the Modalities of Explanations Matter", Journal of Institutional Economics, 10, 645-664 -- McClelland, D.C. and Winter, D.G. (1969), Motivating Economic Achievement, New York: Free Press -- Schumpeter, J.A. (1939), Business Cycles: A Theoretical, Historical, and Statistical Analysis of the Capitalist Process, New York: McGraw-Hill -- Andersen, E.S. (2009), Schumpeter's Evolutionary Economics, London: Anthem -- Freeman, C. (1984), Long Waves in the World Economy, London: Pinter -- Iwai, K. (1984), "Schumpeterian Dynamics: An Evolutionary Model of Innovation and Imitation", Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 5, 159-190 -- Klepper, S. (1997), "Industry Life Cycles", Industrial and Corporate Change, 6, 145-181 -- Fagerberg, J. (2003), "Schumpeter and the Revival of Evolutionary Economics: An Appraisal of the Literature", Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 13, 125-159 -- Metcalfe, J.S., Foster, J., and Ramlogan, R. (2006), "Adaptive Economic Growth", Cambridge Journal of Economics, 30, 7-32.
    Abstract: Foster, J. (2011), "Evolutionary Macroeconomics: A Research Agenda", Journal of Evolutionary -- Kurz, H. (2012), "Schumpeter's New Combinations", Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 22, 871-899 -- Shane, S.A. and Venkataraman, S. (2000), "The Promise of Entrepreneurship as a Field of Research", Academy of Management Review, 25, 217-226 -- Sahal, D. (1981), Patterns of Technological Innovations, New York: Addison-Wesley -- Nelson, R.R. and Winter, S.G. (1982), An Evolutionary Theory of Economic Change, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press -- Schumpeter, J.A. (1942), Capitalism, Socialism and Democracy, New York: Harper -- Reinganum, J.F. (1985), "Innovation and Industry Evolution", Quarterly Journal of Economics, 100, 81-99 -- Aghion, P., Bloom, N., Blundell, R., Griffith, R., and Howitt, P. (2005), "Competition and Innovation: An Inverted-U Relationship", Quarterly Journal of -- Kamien, M.I. and Schwarz, N.L. (1982), Market Structure and Innovation, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press -- Baldwin, W.L. and Scott, J.T. (1987), Market Structure and Technological Change, Chur: Harwood Academic Publishers -- Cohen, W.M. (2010), "Fifty Years of Empirical Studies of Innovative Activity and Performance", in B.W. Hall and N. Rosenberg (eds), Handbook of the Economics of Innovation, Elsevier, Amsterdam, 129-213 -- Alchian, A.A. (1950), "Uncertainty, Evolution, and Economic Theory", Journal of Political Economy, 58, 211-221 -- Penrose, E.T. (1952), "Biological Analogies in the Theory of the Firm", American Economic Review, 42, 804-819 -- Friedman, M. (1953), "The Methodology of Positive Economics", in M. Friedman (ed.), Essays in Positive Economics, Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 3-43 -- Winter, S.G. (1964), "Economic 'Natural Selection' and the Theory of the Firm", Yale Economic Essays, 4, 225-272 -- Winter, S.G. (1971), "Satisficing, Selection, and the Innovating Remnant", Quarterly Journal of Economics, 85, 237-261 -- Nelson, R.R. and Winter, S.G. (2002), "Evolutionary Theorizing in Economics", Journal of Economic Perspectives, 16, 23-46 -- Hanusch, H. and Pyka, A. (eds) (2007), Elgar Companion to Neo-Schumpeterian Economics, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar -- Simon, H.A. (1955), "A Behavioral Model of Rational Choice", Quarterly Journal of Economics, 69, 99-118.
    Abstract: March, J.G. and Simon, H.A. (1958), Organizations, New York: Wiley -- Cyert, R.M. and March, J.G. (1963), A Behavioral Theory of the Firm, Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall -- Dopfer, K. (2011), "Economics in a Cultural Key: Complexity and Evolution Revisited", in J.B. Davis and D.W. Hands (eds), Elgar Companion to Recent Economic Methodology, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar -- Andersen, E.S. (1994), Evolutionary Economics - Post-Schumpeterian Contributions, London: Pinter -- Kwasnicki, W. (1996), Knowledge, Innovation and Economy - An Evolutionary Exploration, Cheltenham, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar -- Cantner, U. and Pyka, A. (2001), "Classifying Technology Policy from an Evolutionary Perspective", Research Policy, 30, 759-775 -- Becker, M.C. (2004), "Organizational Routines: A Review of the Literature", Industrial and Corporate Change, 13, 643-677 -- Lazaric, N. and Raybaut, A. (2005), "Knowledge, Hierarchy and the Selection of Routines:An Interpretative Model with Group Interactions", Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 15, 393-421 -- Metcalfe, J.S. (1994), "Competition, Fisher's Principle and Increasing Returns in the Selection Process", Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 4, 327-346 -- Metcalfe, J.S. (2002), "On the Optimality of the Competitive Process: Kimura's Theorem and Market Dynamics", Journal of Bioeconomics, 4, 109-133 -- Metcalfe, J.S. (2008), "Accounting for Economic Evolution: Fitness and the Population Method", Journal of -- Metcalfe, J.S. (1998), Evolutionary Economics and Creative Destruction, London: Routledge -- Dosi, G., Nelson, R.R., and Winter S.G. (2000), "Introduction: The Nature and Dynamics of Organizational Capabilities", in G. Dosi, R.R. Nelson, and S.G. Winter (eds), The Nature and Dynamics of Organizational Capabilities, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1-22 -- Murmann, J.P., Aldrich, H., Levinthal, D., and Winter S. (2003), "Evolutionary Thought in Management and Organization Theory at the Beginning of the New Millennium", Journal of Management Inquiry, 12, 1-19 -- Witt, U. (2011), "Emergence and Functionality of Organizational Routines: An Individualistic Approach", Journal of Institutional Economics, 7, 157-174 -- Joosten, R. (2006), "Walras and Darwin: An Odd Couple?" Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 16, 561-573 -- Hayek, F.A. (1945), "The Use of Knowledge in Society", American Economic Review, 35, 519-530 -- Hayek, F.A. (1978), "Competition as a Discovery Procedure", in F.A. Hayek (ed.), New Studies in Philosophy, Politics, Economics and the History of Ideas, London: Routledge, 179-190 -- Shackle, G.L.S. (1979), Imagination and the Nature of Choice, Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.
    Abstract: Witt, U. (2009), "Propositions About Novelty", Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 70, 311-320 -- Fisher, F.M. (1983), Disequilibrium Foundations of Equilibrium Economics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press -- David, P.A. (1985), "Clio and the Economics of QWERTY", American Economic Review, 75 (Papers & Proceedings), 332-337 -- Arthur, W.B., Ermoliev, Y.M., and Kaniovsky, Y.M. (1987), "Path-Dependent Processes and the Emergence of Macro-structure", European Journal of Operations Research, 30, 294-303 -- Wilson, D.S. (2015), "Two Meanings of Complex Adaptive Systems", in D.S. Wilson and A. Kirman (eds), Complexity and Evolution - A New Synthesis for Economics, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press -- Arthur, W.B. (1994), Increasing Returns and Path Dependence in the Economy, Ann Arbor: University of -- Hayek, F.A. (1988), The Fatal Conceit, London: Routledge -- Richerson, P.J., Baldini, R., Bell, A., Demps, K., Frost, K., Hillis, V., Methew, S., Narr, N., Newson, L., Newton, E., Ross, C., Smaldino, P., Waring, T., and Zefferman, M.R. (2015), "Cultural Group Selection Plays an Essential Role in Explaining Human Cooperation: A Sketch of Evidence", Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 760, 1-71 -- Menger, C. (1985 [1883]), Investigations into the Method of the Social Sciences with Special Reference to Economics (first published as Untersuchungen ueber die Methode der Socialwissenschaften und der Politischen Ökonomie, 1883) New York: New York University Press -- Young, P. (1998), Individual Strategy and Social Structure: An Evolutionary Theory of Social -- North, D.C. (1997), Institutions, Institutional Change and Economic Performance, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press -- North, D.C., Wallis, J.J., and Weingast, B.R. (2009), Violence and Social Order, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press -- Ostrom, E. (2014), "Do Institutions Collective Action Evolve?" Journal of Bioeconomics, 16, 3-30 -- Kuran, T. (1995), Private Truths, Public Lies - The Social Consequences of Preference Falsification, -- Brown, G.R. and Richerson, P.J. (2014), "Applying Evolutionary Theory to Human Behavior: Past Differences and Current Debates", Journal of Bioeconomics, 16, 105-128 -- Boulding, K.E. (1981), Evolutionary Economics, Beverly Hills: Sage Publications -- Marchetti, C. (1980), "Society as a Learning System: Discovery, Invention, and Innovation Cycles Revisited", Technological Forecasting and Social Change, 18, 267-282 -- Buenstorf, G. (2004), The Economics of Energy and the Production Process - An Evolutionary Approach, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar -- Ayres, R.U. and Warr, B. (2009), The Economic Growth Engine - How Energy and Work Drive Material Prosperity, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar.
    Abstract: Georgescu-Roegen, N. (1971), The Entropy Law and the Economic Process, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press -- Day, R.H. and Walter J.-L. (1989), "Economic Growth in the Very Long Run: On the Multiple-Phase Interactions of Population, Technology, and Social Infrastructure", in W.A. Barnett, J. Geweke and K. Shell (eds), Economic Complexity, Chaos, Sunspots, Bubbles, and Nonlinearity, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 253-289 -- van den Bergh, J.C.J.M. (2007), "Evolutionary Thinking in Environmental Economics", Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 17, 521-549 -- Joseph A. Schumpeter (1947), 'The Creative Response in Economic History', Journal of Economic History, VH (2), November, 149-59 -- Joseph Schumpeter (1928), 'The Instability of Capitalism', Economic Journal, XXXVHI (151), September, 361-86 -- Christopher Freeman (1990), 'Schumpeter's Business Cycles Revisited', in Arnold Heertje and Mark Perlman (eds), Evolving Technology and Market Structure - Studies in Schumpeterian Economics, Aim Arbor: University of Michigan Press, 17-38 -- Armen A. Alchian (1950), 'Uncertainty, Evolution, and Economic Theory', Journal of Political Economy, LVIH, 211-21 -- Sidney G. Winter (1971), 'Satisficing, Selection, and the Innovaring Remnant', Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXXXV (2), May, 237-61 -- Richard R. Nelson and Sidney G. Winter (1980), 'Firm and Industry Response to Changed Market Conditions: An Evolutionary Approach', Economic Inquiry, XVIII (2), April, 179-202 -- Katsuhito Iwai (1984), 'Schumpeterian Dynamics: An Evolutionary Model of Innovation and Imitation', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 5 (2), June, 159-90 -- R.C.O. Matthews (1984), 'Darwinism and Economic Change', in D.A. Collard , N.H. Dimsdale , C.L. Gilbert , D.R. Helm , M.F.G. Scott and A.K. Sen (eds), Economic Theory and Hicksian Themes, Oxford: Clarendon Press, 91-117 -- John M. Gowdy (1985), 'Evolutionary Theory and Economic Theory: Some Methodological Issues, Review of Social Economy, XLIII (3), December, 316-24 -- Jack Hirshleifer (1982), 'Evolutionary Models in Economics and Law: Cooperation Versus Conflict Strategies', Research in Law and Economics, 4, 1-60 -- W. Brian Arthur, Yu M. Ermoliev and Yu M. Kaniovski (1987), 'Path-Dependent Processes and the Emergence of Macro-Structure', European Journal of Operational Research, 30 (3), June, 294-303 -- Paul A. David (1985), 'Clio and the Economics of QWERTY', American Economic Review, 75 (2), May, 332-7 -- Timur Kuran (1989), 'Sparks and Prairie Fires: A Theory of Unanticipated Political Revolution', Public Choice, 61, 41-74 -- G. Haag, W. Weidlich and G. Mensch (1987), 'The Schumpeter Clock', in D. Batten , J. Casti and B. Johansson (eds), Economic Evolution and Structural Adjustment, Berlin: Springer, 187-226 -- Brian Loasby (1983), 'Knowledge, Learning and Enterprise', in J. Wiseman (ed.), Beyond Positive Economics?, New York: St. Martin's Press, 104-21 -- Stan Metcalfe (1989), 'Evolution and Economic Change', in Audrey Silberston (ed.), Technology and Economic Progress, London: Macmillan Press, 54-85.
    Abstract: F.A. Hayek (1978), 'Competition as a Discovery Procedure', in F.A. Hayek , New Studies in Philosophy, Politics, Economics and the History of Ideas, London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 179-90 -- Ulrich Witt (1985), 'Coordination of Individual Economic Activities as an Evolving Process of Self-Organization', tconomie Appliquie, XXXVII, 569-95 -- Robert Boyd and Peter J. Richerson (1980), 'Sociobiology, Culture and Economic Theory', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 1 (2), June, 97-121 -- F.A. Hayek (1967), 'Notes on the Evolution of Systems of Rules of Conduct', Studies in Philosophy, Politics and Economics, London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 66-81 -- Viktor Vanberg (1986), 'Spontaneous Market Order and Social Rules: A Critical Examination of F.A. Hayek's Theory of Cultural Evolution', Economics and Philosophy, 2 (1), April, 75-100.
    Abstract: Evolutionary economics has become a major heterodox approach over the last decades. Its roots can be traced back to Schumpeter and Veblen. More recently, an important role is also played by analogies to evolutionary biology, notably to natural selection models. As this research review explains, the approach of evolutionary economics offers an improved understanding of market processes, industry dynamics, structural change, and economic growth as being driven by human innovativeness
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786431745
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (240 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als O'Callaghan, Terry, 1956 - Reputation risk and globalisation
    DDC: 658.049
    Keywords: Multinationales Unternehmen ; Globalisierung ; Self-regulation ; Industries Self-regulation ; Electronic books ; Globalisierung ; Multinationales Unternehmen ; Selbstregulation
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. Towards corporate self-regulation -- 2. Disciplining MNCs: corporate reputation as a driver of ideational change -- 3. Exploring the idea of a self-regulating corporation -- 4. Royal Dutch Shell's PR-led approach to self-regulation -- 5. The rise and fall and rise of the Toyota way -- 6. Interface Inc: a model of a self-regulating corporation? -- 7. Conclusion: beyond sustainability and long live the Australian night parrot.
    Abstract: Recently, multinational corporations have begun to reinvent themselves as socially responsible actors, largely in response to anti-corporate activist pressure. The author argues that a concern with corporate reputation is leading to an ideational shift in corporate behaviour - in essence, it is disciplining their behaviour. This innovative exploration of the idea of a self-regulating corporation in an era of globalisation first examines the link between corporate reputation, corporate behaviour and self-regulation, and then goes on to compare and contrast various studies of multinational corporations that have sought to self-regulate. Terry O'Callaghan includes a multifaceted critique of anti-corporate activists. This acknowledges both the dangers that multinational corporations pose to communities, and that anti-corporate activists are the first group to understand the potential risk of targeted campaigns to corporate reputations. He also illustrates his points using three case studies of companies that have attempted to self-regulate: Royal Dutch Shell, the Toyota Motor Corporation and Interface Inc. Undergraduate and postgraduate students of international business, management and business ethics will be interested in the essential topics covered in this book. Academics and practitioners alike will appreciate its accessible lessons about reputational capital and holding multinational corporations accountable
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    ISBN: 9781784719692
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (360 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of international and comparative perspectives on diversity management
    RVK:
    Keywords: Diversity Management ; Vergleich ; Welt ; Diversity in the workplace ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Diversity Management ; Internationaler Vergleich ; Diversity Management ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Abstract: Introduction: international and comparative perspectives on diversity management: an overview -- 1. Social dialogue - an 'essential dimension' of diversity management in continental Europe? / Emma Stringfellow -- 2. Diversity management in Denmark and in France: a comparative approach / Sabine Bacouel-Jentjens and Liza Castro Christiansen -- 3. An intersectional approach to diversity management in the United States and France / Tarani Merriweather Woodson and Ariane Ollier-Malaterre -- 4. Brazil, South African and USA work environments: a comparative analysis of equal opportunity, diversity management and inclusion practices / Lize Booysen, Gwendolyn Combs and Waheeda Lillevik -- 5. A comparative review of multiculturalism in Australia, Canada, United Kingdom, United States, and South Africa / Isabel Metz, Eddy Ng, Nelarine Cornelius, Jenny M. Hoobler and Stella Nkomo -- 6. A comparison of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and queer rights and politics in South Africa and the USA / Lize Booysen and Heather Wishik -- 7. What does being LGBT mean in the workplace? a comparison of LGBT equality in Turkey and the UK / Emir Ozeren and Erhan Aydin -- 8. Managing diversity in the South Pacific / Katherine Ravenswood, Stéphane Le Queux, Erica French, Glenda Strachan and John Burgess -- 9. A comparative analysis of youth labor market exclusion / Paula Apascaritei, Lourdes Susaeta, Esperanza Suarez Ruz, Isis Gutiérrez-Martínez, Sandra Idrovo Carlier and José Ramón Pin Arboledas -- 10. A comparative study of five countries with critical mass and its ambiguous impact on HRM policies / Terry A. Nelson, Kori Callison and Allison Thomas -- 11. Tribal diversity and collective productivity: the intervening mechanisms of social inclusion, human resource development and tribal identity / David B. Zoogah.
    Abstract: This Research Handbook offers, for the first time, a comparative approach to current diversity management concerns facing nations. Spanning 19 countries and across Africa, it covers age, gender, ethnicity, disability, sexual orientation, national origin and the intersection of various dimensions of diversity. The multicultural and multi-country teams of contributors, leading scholars in their own countries, examine how the various actors react, adopt and manage the different dimensions of diversity, from a multitude of approaches, from national to sectoral and from tribes to trade unions, but always with a comparative, multi-country perspective. This book represents the efforts of multicultural and multi-country teams of contributors who are prominent diversity scholars in their respective countries. Offering comparative approaches to diversity management and comparative public policy on multiculturalism, it explores comparisons at both the macro-environmental and meso-organizational levels. Topics covered include pan-African tribal diversity management, diversity in the South Pacific, youth labour market exclusion and LGBTQ rights in selected countries. This comprehensive review of diversity management will appeal to both academics and graduate students as well as to public policy-makers, industry practitioners, top leadership, middle managers and HR managers
    Note: Contributors include: P. Apascaritei, E. Aydin, S. Bacouel-Jentjens, L. Booysen, J. Burgess, K. Callison, S.I. Carlier, L. Castro Christiansen, G. Combs, N. Cornelius, E. French, I. Gutiérrez-Martínez, J.M. Hoobler, S. Le Queux, W. Lillevik, T. Merriweather Woodson, I. Metz, T.A. Nelson, E. Ng, S. Nkomo, A. Ollier-Malaterre, E. Ozeren, J. Ramón Pin Arboledas, K. Ravenswood, G. Strachan, E. Stringfellow, E. Suarez Ruz, L. Susaeta, A. Thomas, H. Wishik, D.B. Zoogah , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786434760
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (2 v) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: International library of critical writings in economics
    Keywords: Transaction costs ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Williamson, Oliver E. and Scott E. Masten (1995), Transaction Cost Economics, Volume I: Theory and Concepts and Volume II: Policy and Applications, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar Publishing Ltd -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1985), 'The Limits of Firms: Incentive and Bureaucratic Features', Chapter 6 in Oliver E. Williamson (ed.), The Economic Institutions of Capitalism: Firms, Markets, Relational Contracting, New York: The Free Press, 131-62 and references -- Llewellyn, Karl (1931), 'What Price Contract? An Essay in Perspective', Yale Law Journal, 40 (May), 704-51 -- Commons, John R. (1934), Institutional Economics, Madison: University of Wisconsin Press -- Barnard, Chester (1938), The Functions of the Executive, Cambridge, MA, USA: Harvard University Press (fifteenth printing, 1962) -- Coase, Ronald H. (1937), 'The Nature of the Firm', Economica N.S., 4, 386-405. Reprinted in Oliver E. Williamson and Sidney Winter (eds) (1991), The Nature of the Firm: Origins, Evolution, Development, New York: Oxford University Press, 18-33 -- Commons, John R. (1925), 'Law and Economics', Yale Law Journal, 34, 371-82. -- Hayek, Friedrich (1945), 'The Use of Knowledge in Society', American Economic Review, 35 (4), September, 519-30 -- Coase, Ronald H. (1988), 'The Nature of the Firm: Influence', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (1), Spring, 33-48 -- Coase, Ronald H. (1960), 'The Problem of Social Cost', Journal of Law and Economics, 3 (October), 1-44 -- Arrow, Kenneth J. (1969), 'The Organization of Economic Activity: Issues Pertinent to the Choice of Market Versus Nonmarket Allocation', in The Analysis and Evaluation of Public Expenditure: The PPB System, Vol. 1, U.S. Joint Economic Committee, 91st Congress, 1st Session. Washington, DC: US Government Printing Office, 59-73 -- Matthews, R.C.O. (1986), 'The Economics of Institutions and the Sources of Economic Growth', Economic Journal, 96 (384), December, 903-18 -- Hodgson, Geoffrey (1988), Economics and Institutions, Cambridge, UK: Polity Press -- Posner, Richard A. (1993), 'The New Institutional Economics Meets Law and Economics', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 149 (1), March, 73-87 -- Coase, Ronald H. (1972), 'Industrial Organization: A Proposal for Research', in Victor R. Fuchs (ed.), Policy Issues and Research Opportunities in Industrial Organization, New York: National Bureau of Economic Research. (Reprinted in The Economics of Transaction Costs, Volume I, Edward Elgar) -- Arrow, Kenneth J. (1974), The Limits of Organization (first edition), New York, NY, USA: W. W. Norton and Company Ltd. -- Simon, Herbert A. (1962), 'The Architecture of Complexity', Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, 106 (6), December, 467-82 -- Alchian, Armen A. and Harold Demsetz (1972), 'Production, Information Costs, and Economic Organization', American Economic Review, LXII, December, 777-95 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1971), 'The Vertical Integration of Production: Market Failure Considerations', American Economic Review, 61 (2), May, 112-23.
    Abstract: Klein, Benjamin, Robert G. Crawford and Armen A. Alchian (1978), 'Vertical Integration, Appropriable Rents, and the Competitive Contracting Process', Journal of Law and Economics, XXI (2), October, 297-326 -- Demsetz, Harold (1988), 'The Theory of the Firm Revisited', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (1), Spring, 141-62 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1979), 'Transaction-Cost Economics: The Governance of Contractual Relations', Journal of Law and Economics, XXII (2), October, 233-61 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1991a), 'Comparative Economic Organization: The Analysis of Discrete Structural Alternatives', Administrative Science Quarterly, 36 (2), June, 269-96 -- Teece, David J. (1982), 'Towards an Economic Theory of the Multiproduct Firm', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 3, March, 39-63 -- Penrose, Edith Tilton (1959), The Theory of Growth of the Firm, New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. -- Klein, Benjamin and Keith B. Leffler (1981), 'The Role of Market Forces in Assuring Contractual Performance', Journal of Political Economy, 89 (4), August, 615-41 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1995), 'The Politics and Economics of Redistribution and Inefficiency', Greek Economic Review, 17 (2), December, 115-36 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1983), 'Credible Commitments: Using Hostages to Support Exchange', American Economic Review, 73 (4), September, 519-40 -- Machiavelli, Niccolo (1952), The Prince, New York: New American Library -- Greif, Avner (1993), 'Contract Enforceability and Economic Institutions in Early Trade: The Maghribi Traders' Coalition', American Economic Review, 83 (3), June, 525-48 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1991b), 'Economic Institutions: Spontaneous and Intentional Governance', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 7, Special Issue, 159-87 -- Dixit, Avinash (2003), 'Trade Expansion and Contract Enforcement', Journal of Political Economy, 111, December, 1293-317 -- Dixit, Avinash (2009), 'Governance Institutions and Economic Activity', American Economic Review, 99 (1), March, 5-24 -- Masten, Scott E. and Jens Prufer (2014), 'On the Evolution of Collective Enforcement Institutions: Communities and Courts', Journal of Legal Studies, 43 (2), June, 359-40 -- Kreps, David M. (1990), 'Corporate Culture and Economic Theory', Chapter 4 in James E. Alt and Kenneth J. Shepsle (eds), Perspectives on Positive Political Economy, New York: Cambridge University Press, 90-143, 240-41 (notes) -- Grossman, Sanford J. and Oliver D. Hart (1986), 'The Costs and Benefits of Ownership: A Theory of Vertical and Lateral Integration', Journal of Political Economy, 94 (4), August, 691-719 -- Hart, Oliver and John Moore (1990), 'Property Rights and the Nature of the Firm', Journal of Political Economy, 98 (6), December, 1119-58 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1975) Markets and Hierarchies: Analysis and Antitrust Implications, A Study in the Economics of Internal Organization, New York: The Free Press.
    Abstract: Riordan, Michael H. (1990), 'What is Vertical Integration?', Chapter 5 in Masahiko Aoki, Bo Gustafsson and Oliver E. Williamson (eds), The Firm as a Nexus of Treaties, London: Sage Publications, 94-111 -- Arrow, Kenneth J. (1975), 'Vertical Integration and Communication', Bell Journal of Economics, 6 (1), Spring, 173-83 -- Tirole, Jean (1988), 'The Theory of the Firm', in The Theory of Industrial Organization, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 15-60 -- Hart, Oliver E. (2009), 'Hold-up, Asset Ownership, and Reference Points', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 124 (1), February, 267-300 -- Goldberg, Victor P. and John R. Erickson (1987), 'Quantity and Price Adjustment in Long-Term Contracts: A Case Study of Petroleum Coke', Journal of Law and Economics, XXX (2), October, 369-98 -- Masten, Scott E. (1988), 'Equity, Opportunism, and the Design of Contractual Relations', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 144 (1), February, 180-95 -- Klein, Benjamin (1992), 'Contracts and Incentives', in Lars Werin and Hans Wijkander (eds), Contract Economics, Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell, 149-72 -- Machlup, Fritz (1967), 'Theories of the Firm: Marginalist, Behavioral, Managerial', American Economic Review, 57 (1), March, 1-33 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1968), 'A Dynamic-Stochastic Theory of Managerial Behavior', in Almarin Phillips and Oliver Williamson (eds), Prices: Issues in Theory, Practice, and Public Policy, Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press, page numbers unavailable -- Milgrom, Paul and John Roberts (1990), 'Bargaining Costs, Influence Costs, and the Organization of Economic Activity', Chapter 3 in James E. Alt and Kenneth J. Shepsle (eds), Perspectives on Positive Political Economy, New York, NY: Cambridge University Press, 57-89, 234-40 (notes) -- Tullock, Gordon (1967), 'The Welfare Costs of Tariffs, Monopoly, and Theft', Western Economic Journal, 5 (3), June, 224-32 -- Krueger, Anne (1974), 'The Political Economy of the Rent-Seeking Society', American Economic Review, 64 (3), June, 291-303 -- Schelling, Thomas C. (1960), The Strategy of Conflict, Cambridge, MA, USA: Harvard University Press -- Barzel, Yoram (1982), 'Measurement Cost and the Organization of Markets', Journal of Law and Economics, 25 (1), April, 27-48 -- Holmstrom, Bengt and Paul Milgrom (1991), 'Multitask Principal-Agent Analyses: Incentive Contracts, Asset Ownership, and Job Design', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 7, Special Issue, 24-52 -- Aoki, Masahiko (1990), 'Toward an Economic Model of the Japanese Firm', Journal of Economic Literature, XXVIII (1), March, 1-27 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1991), 'Strategizing, Economizing, and Economic Organization', Strategic Management Journal, 12 (S2), Winter, 75-94 -- Hansmann, Henry (1988), 'Ownership of the Firm', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (2), Fall, 267-304 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (2008), 'Corporate Boards of Directors: In Principle and in Practice', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 24 (2), October, 247-72.
    Abstract: Williamson, Oliver E. (1988), 'Corporate Finance and Corporate Governance', Journal of Finance, 43, July, 567-91 -- Macher, Jeffrey T. and Barak D. Richman (2008), 'Transaction-Cost Economics: An Assessment of Empirical Research in the Social Sciences', Business and Politics, 10, 1-63 -- Klein, Peter G. and Howard A. Shelanski (1995), 'Empirical Research in Transaction Cost Economics: A Review and Assessment', Journal of Law, Economics, & Organization, 11 (2), October, 335-61 -- Crocker, Keith J. and Scott E. Masten (1996), 'Regulation and Administered Contracts Revisited: Lessons from Transaction Cost Economics for Public Utility Regulation', Journal of Regulatory Economics, 9 (1), January, 5-39 -- Masten, Scott E. (1996), Case Studies in Contracting and Organization, New York: Oxford University Press -- Lafontaine, Francine and Margaret Slade (2007), 'Vertical Integration and Firm Boundaries: The Evidence', Journal of Economic Literature, 45 (3), September, 629-85 -- Simon, Herbert (1991), 'Organizations and Markets', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 5 (2), Spring, 25-44 -- Klein, Benjamin (1988), 'Vertical Integration as Organizational Ownership: The Fisher Body-General Motors Relationship Revisited', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (1), Spring, 199-213 -- Coase, Ronald H. (2000), 'The Acquisition of Fisher Body by General Motors',Journal of Law and Economics, 43 (1), April, 15-31 -- Coase, R.H. (2006), 'The Conduct of Economics: The Example of Fisher Body and General Motors', Journal of Economics and Management Strategy, 15 (2), Summer, 255-78 -- Chandler, Alfred D. and Stephen Salsbury (1971), Pierre S. Du Pont and the Making of the Modern Corporation, New York: Harper and Row -- Casadesus-Masanell, Ramon and Daniel Spulber, 2000, 'The Fable of Fisher Body', Journal of Law and Economics, 43 (1), April, 67-104 -- Klein, B. (2007), 'The Economic Lessons of Fisher Body-General Motors', International Journal of the Economics of Business, 14 (1), February, 1-36 -- Joskow, Paul L. (1985), 'Vertical Integration and Long-term Contracts: The Case of Coal-burning Electric Generating Plants', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 1 (1), Fall, 33-80 -- Monteverde, Kirk and David J. Teece (1982), 'Supplier Switching Costs and Vertical Integration in the Automobile Industry', Bell Journal of Economics, 13 (1), Spring, 206-13 -- Masten, Scott E. (1984), 'The Organization of Production: Evidence from the Aerospace Industry', Journal of Law and Economics, XXVII (2), October, 403-17 -- Anderson, Erin and David C. Schmittlein (1984), 'Integration of the Sales Force: An Empirical Examination', RAND Journal of Economics, 15 (3), Autumn, 385-95 -- John, George and Barton A. Weitz (1988), 'Forward Integration into Distribution: An Empirical Test of Transaction Cost Analysis', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (2), Fall, 337-50 -- Masten, Scott E., James W. Meehan, Jr. and Edward A. Synder (1991), 'The Costs of Organization', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 7 (1), Spring, 1-25.
    Abstract: Forbes, Silke and Mara Lederman (2009), 'Adaptation and Vertical Integration in the Airline Industry', American Economic Review, 99 (5), December, 1831-49 -- Palay, Thomas M. (1984), 'Comparative Institutional Economics: The Governance of Rail Freight Contracting', Journal of Legal Studies, XIII (2), June, 265-87 -- Joskow, Paul L. (1987), 'Contract Duration and Relationship-Specific Investments: Empirical Evidence from Coal Markets', American Economic Review, 77 (1), March, 168-85 -- Lyons, Bruce R. (1994), 'Contracts and Specific Investment: An Empirical Test of Transaction Cost Theory', Journal of Economics and Management Strategy, 3 (2), June, 257-78 -- Mulherin, J. Harold (1986), 'Complexity in Long-term Contracts: An Analysis of Natural Gas Contractual Provisions', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 2 (1), Spring, 105-17 -- Masten, Scott. E. and Keith J. Crocker (1985), 'Efficient Adaptation in Long-Term Contracts: Take-or-Pay Provisions for Natural Gas', American Economic Review, 75 (5), December, 1083-93 -- Leffler, Keith B. and Randal R. Rucker (1991), 'Transactions Costs and the Efficient Organization of Production: A Study of Timber-Harvesting Contracts', Journal of Political Economy, 99 (5), October, 1060-87 -- Crocker, Keith J. and Scott E. Masten (1991), 'Pretia ex Machina? Prices and Process in Long-Term Contracts', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXIV (1), April, 69-99 -- Pirrong, Stephen Craig (1993), 'Contracting Practices in Bulk Shipping Markets: A Transactions Cost Explanation', Journal of Law and Economics, 36 (2), October, 937-76 -- Masten, Scott E. (2009), 'Long-Term Contracts and Short-Term Commitment: Price Determination for Heterogeneous Freight Transactions', American Law and Economics Review, 11, Spring, 79-111 -- Oyer, Paul (2004), 'Why Do Firms Use Incentives that Have no Incentive Effects?' Journal of Finance, 59 (4), August, 1619-50 -- Ahmadjian, Christina L. and Joanne E. Oxley (2013), 'Vertical Relationships, Hostages, Supplier Performance: Evidence from the Japanese Automotive Industry', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 29, June, 495-513 -- Ahmadjian, Christina L, and Joanne E. Oxley (2006), Using Hostages to Support Exchange: Dependence Balancing and Equity Ties in Japanese Automotive Supply Relationships', Journal of Law, Economics and Organization, 22 (1), April, 213-33 -- Demsetz, Harold (1968), 'Why Regulate Utilities?' Journal of Law and Economics, 11 (1), 55-65 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1976), 'Franchise Bidding for Natural Monopolies - In General and with Respect to CATV', Bell Journal of Economics, 7 (1), Spring, 73-104 -- Goldberg, Victor P. (1976), 'Regulation and Administered Contracts', Bell Journal of Economics, 7 (2), Autumn, 426-48 -- Priest, George L. (1993), 'The Origins of Utility Regulation and the 'Theories of Regulation" Debate', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXVI (1), Part 2, April, 289-323 -- Levy, Brian and Pablo T. Spiller (1994), 'The Institutional Foundations of Regulatory Commitment: A Comparative Analysis of Telecommunications Regulation', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 10 (2), Fall, 201-46 -- Spiller, Pablo T. (2012), 'Transaction Cost Regulation', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 89, May, 232-42.
    Abstract: Bajari, Patrick, Robert McMillan and Steven Tadelis (2009), 'Auctions versus Negotiations in Procurement: An Empirical Analysis', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 25 (2), October, 372-99 -- Bajari, Patrick, Stephanie Houghton and Steven Tadelis (2014), 'Bidding for Incomplete Contracts: An Empirical Analysis of Adaptation Costs', American Economic Review, 104 (4), April, 1831-49 -- North, Douglass C. and Barry R. Weingast (1989), 'Constitutions and Commitment: The Evolution of Institutions Governing Public Choice in Seventeenth-Century England', Journal of Economic History, XLIX (4), December, 803-32 -- Weingast, Barry R. and William J. Marshall (1988), 'The Industrial Organization of Congress; or, Why Legislatures, Like Firms, Are Not Organized as Markets', Journal of Political Economy, 96 (1), 132-63 -- Gely, Rafael and Pablo T. Spiller (1990), 'A Rational Choice Theory of Supreme Court Statutory Decisions with Applications to the State Farm and Grove City Cases', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 6 (2), Fall, 263-300 -- Crocker, Keith J. and Scott E. Masten (1988), 'Mitigating Contractual Hazards: Unilateral Options and Contract Length', RAND Journal of Economics, 19 (3), Autumn, 327-43 -- Joskow, Paul (1991), 'The Role of Transaction Costs Economics in Antitrust and Public Utility Regulatory Policies', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 7 (1), Spring, 55-87 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1979), 'Assessing Vertical Market Restrictions: Antitrust Ramifications of the Transaction Cost Approach', University of Pennsylvania Law Review, 127, April, 953-93 -- Kenney, Roy W. and Benjamin Klein (1983), 'The Economics of Block Booking', Journal of Law and Economics, XXVI (3), October, 497-540 -- Masten, Scott E. and Edward A. Snyder (1993), 'United States versus United Shoe Machinery Corporation: On the Merits', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXVI (1), Part 1, April, 33-70 -- Liebowitz, Stan J. and Stephen E. Margolis (1995), 'Path-dependence, Lock-in, and History', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 11 (1), April, 205-26 -- Furubotn, Eirik G. and Rudolf Richter (1991), 'The New Institutional Economics: An Assessment', in The New Institutional Economics, College Station, TX: Texas A&M Press, 1-32 -- Coase, Ronald H. (1993), 'Coase on Posner on Coase', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 149 (1), March, 96-98 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1993), 'Transaction Cost Economics Meets Posnerian Law and Economics', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 149 (1), March, 99-118 -- Ronald H. Coase (1991), 'The Institutional Structure of Production', Les Prix Nobel, Nobel Lecture, December 9, 193-202 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (2010), 'Transaction Cost Economics: The Natural Progression', American Economic Review, 100 (3), June, 673-90 -- Ramseyer, J. Mark (1991), 'Indentured Prostitution in Imperial Japan: Credible Commitments in the Commercial Sex Industry', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization 7 (1), Spring, 89-116 -- Cohen, Dara K., Mariano-Florentino Cuellar, and Barry R. Weingast (2006), 'Crisis Bureaucracy: Homeland Security and the Political Design of Legal Mandates', Stanford Law Review, 59 (3), 673-760 -- Crocker, Keith J. and Kenneth J. Reynolds (1993), 'The Efficiency of Incomplete Contracts: An Empirical Analysis of Air Force Engine Procurement', RAND Journal of Economics, 24(1) (Spring), 126-146.
    Abstract: Nickerson, Jackson A. and Brian S. Silverman (2003), 'Why Aren't All Truck Drivers Owner-Operators? Asset Ownership and the Employment Relation in Interstate for-hire Trucking', Journal of Economics and Management Strategy, 12 (1), Spring, 91-118 -- Arruñada, Benito, Manuel Gonzalez-Dıaz and Alberto Fernandez (2004), 'Determinants of Organizational Form: Transaction Costs and Institutions in the European Trucking Industry', Industrial and Corporate Change, 13 (6), December, 867-82 -- Baumol, William J. and J. Gregory Sidak (1994), Toward Competition in Local Telephony, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press -- Masten, Scott E. (2011), 'Public Utility Ownership in 19th-Century America: The 'Aberrant" Case of Water', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 27(3), October, 604-654 -- Masten, Scott E. (2006), 'Authority and Commitment: Why Universities, Like Legislatures, Are Not Organized As Firms', Journal of Economics and Management Strategy, 15 (3), Fall, 649-84 -- Wright, Joshua D. (2010), 'The Chicago School, Transaction Cost Economics and Antitrust', in Peter G. Klein and Michael E. Sykuta (eds), The Elgar Companion to Transaction Cost Economics, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar Publishing Ltd, 230-43 -- R.H. Coase (1972), 'Industrial Organization: A Proposal for Research', in Victor R. Fuchs (ed.), Policy Issues and Research Opportunities in Industrial Organization, New York: National Bureau of Economic Research, 59-73 -- Kenneth J. Arrow (1974), 'Organization and Information', in The Limits of Organization, New York: W.W. Norton, 33-43 -- Herbert A. Simon (1962), 'The Architecture of Complexity', Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, 106 (6), December, 467-82 -- Armen A. Alchian and Harold Demsetz (1972), 'Production, Information Costs, and Economic Organization', American Economic Review, LXII, December, 777-95 -- Benjamin Klein, Robert G. Crawford and Armen A. Alchian (1978), 'Vertical Integration, Appropriable Rents, and the Competitive Contracting Process', Journal of Law and Economics, XXI (2), October, 297-326 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1979), 'Transaction-Cost Economics: The Governance of Contractual Relations', Journal of Law and Economics, XXII (2), October, 233-61 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1991), 'Comparative Economic Organization: The Analysis of Discrete Structural Alternatives', Administrative Science Quarterly, 36 (2), June, 269-96 -- David J. Teece (1982), 'Towards an Economic Theory of the Multiproduct Firm', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 3, March, 39-63 -- Benjamin Klein and Keith B. Leffler (1981), 'The Role of Market Forces in Assuring Contractual Performance', Journal of Political Economy, 89 (4), August, 615-41 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1983), 'Credible Commitments: Using Hostages to Support Exchange', American Economic Review, 73 (4), September, 519-40 -- Avner Greif (1993), 'Contract Enforceability and Economic Institutions in Early Trade: The Maghribi Traders' Coalition', American Economic Review, 83 (3), June, 525-48 -- Douglass C. North and Barry R. Weingast (1989), 'Constitutions and Commitment: The Evolution of Institutions Governing Public Choice in Seventeenth-Century England', Journal of Economic History, XLIX (4), December, 803-32 -- Sanford J. Grossman and Oliver D. Hart (1986), 'The Costs and Benefits of Ownership: A Theory of Vertical and Lateral Integration', Journal of Political Economy, 94 (4), August, 691-719.
    Abstract: Oliver Hart and John Moore (1990), 'Property Rights and the Nature of the Firm', Journal of Political Economy, 98 (6), December, 1119-58 -- Michael H. Riordan (1990), 'What Is Vertical Integration?', in Masahiko Aoki , Bo Gustafsson and Oliver E. Williamson (eds), The Firm as a Nexus of Treaties, Chapter 5, London: Sage Publications, 94-111 -- Jean Tirole (1988), 'The Theory of the Firm', in Jean Tirole (ed.), The Theory of Industrial Organization, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 15-60 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1985), 'The Limits of Firms: Incentive and Bureaucratic Features', Chapter 6 in Oliver E. Williamson (ed.), The Economic Institutions of Capitalism, New York: The Free Press, 131-62 and references -- Paul Milgrom and John Roberts (1990), 'Bargaining Costs, Influence Costs, and the Organization of Economic Activity', Chapter 3 in James E. Alt and Kenneth A. Shepsle (eds), Perspectives on Positive Political Economy, New York: Cambridge University Press, 57-89, notes 234-40 -- David M. Kreps (1990), 'Corporate Culture and Economic Theory', Chapter 4 in James E. Alt and Kenneth A. Shepsle (eds), Perspectives on Positive Political Economy, New York: Cambridge University Press, 90-143, notes 240-41 -- Bengt Holmstrom and Paul Milgrom (1991), 'Multitask Principal-Agent Analyses: Incentive Contracts, Asset Ownership, and Job Design', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 7, Special Issue, 24-52 -- Masahiko Aoki (1990), 'Toward an Economic Model of the Japanese Firm', Journal of Economic Literature, XXVIII (1), March, 1-27 -- Eirik G. Furubotn and Rudolf Richter (1991), 'The New Institutional Economics: An Assessment', in Eirik G. Furubotn and Rudolf Richter (eds), The New Institutional Economics, College Station, TX: Texas A&M Press, 1-32 -- Ronald H. Coase (1991), 'The Institutional Structure of Production', Les Prix Nobel, Nobel Lecture, December 9, 193-202 -- Richard A. Posner (1993), 'The New Institutional Economics Meets Law and Economics', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 149 (1), March, 73-87 -- Ronald H. Coase (1993), 'Coase on Posner on Coase', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 149 (1), March, 96-8 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1993), 'Transaction Cost Economics Meets Posnerian Law and Economics', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 149 (1), March, 99-118 -- Benjamin Klein (1988), 'Vertical Integration as Organizational Ownership: The Fisher Body-General Motors Relationship Revisited', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (1), Spring, 199-213 -- Paul L. Joskow (1985), 'Vertical Integration and Long-term Contracts: The Case of Coal-burning Electric Generating Plants', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 1 (1), Fall, 33-80 -- Kirk Monteverde and David J. Teece (1982), 'Supplier Switching Costs and Vertical Integration in the Automobile Industry', Bell Journal of Economics, 13 (1), Spring, 206-13 -- Scott E. Masten (1984), 'The Organization of Production: Evidence from the Aerospace Industry', Journal of Law and Economics, XXVII (2), October, 403-17 -- Erin Anderson and David C. Schmittlein (1984), 'Integration of the Sales Force: An Empirical Examination', Rand Journal of Economics, 15 (3), Autumn, 385-95 -- George John and Barton A. Weitz (1988), 'Forward Integration into Distribution: An Empirical Test of Transaction Cost Analysis', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (2), Fall, 337-55.
    Abstract: Scott E. Masten, James W. Meehan, Jr. and Edward A. Snyder (1991), 'The Costs of Organization', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 7 (1), Spring, 1-25 -- Thomas M. Palay (1984), 'Comparative Institutional Economics: The Governance of Rail Freight Contracting', Journal of Legal Studies, XIII (2), June, 265-87 -- Victor P. Goldberg and John R. Erickson (1987), 'Quantity and Price Adjustment in Long-Term Contracts: A Case Study of Petroleum Coke', Journal of Law and Economics, XXX (2), October, 369-98 -- Paul L. Joskow (1987), 'Contract Duration and Relationship-Specific Investments: Empirical Evidence from Coal Markets', American Economic Review, 77 (1), March, 168-85 -- J. Harold Mulherin (1986), 'Complexity in Long-term Contracts: An Analysis of Natural Gas Contractual Provisions', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 2 (1), Spring, 105-17 -- Scott E. Masten and Keith J. Crocker (1985), 'Efficient Adaptation in Long-Term Contracts: Take-or-Pay Provisions for Natural Gas', American Economic Review, 75 (5), December, 1083-93 -- Keith B. Leffler and Randal R. Rucker (1991), 'Transactions Costs and the Efficient Organization of Production: A Study of Timber-Harvesting Contracts', Journal of Political Economy, 99 (5), October, 1060-87 -- Keith J. Crocker and Scott E. Masten (1991), 'Pretia ex Machina? Prices and Process in Long-Term Contracts', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXIV (1), April, 69-99 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1976), 'Franchise Bidding for Natural Monopolies - In General and with Respect to CATV', Bell Journal of Economics, 7 (1), Spring, 73-104 -- Victor P. Goldberg (1976), 'Regulation and Administered Contracts', Bell Journal of Economics, 7 (2), Autumn, 426-48 -- George L. Priest (1993), 'The Origins of Utility Regulation and the 'Theories of Regulation" Debate', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXVI (1), Part 2, April, 289-323 -- Brian Levy and Pablo T. Spiller, 'The Institutional Foundations of Regulatory Commitment: A Comparative Analysis of Telecommunications Regulation', now published in Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 10 (2), Fall, 1994, 201-46 -- Barry R. Weingast and William J. Marshall (1988), 'The Industrial Organization of Congress; or, Why Legislatures, Like Firms, Are Not Organized as Markets', Journal of Political Economy, 96 (1), 132-63 -- Rafael Gely and Pablo T. Spiller (1990), 'A Rational Choice Theory of Supreme Court Statutory Decisions with Applications to the State Farm and Grove City Cases', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 6 (2), Fall, 263-300 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1979), 'Assessing Vertical Market Restrictions: Antitrust Ramifications of the Transaction Cost Approach', University of Pennsylvania Law Review, 127, April, 953-93 -- Roy W. Kenney and Benjamin Klein (1983), 'The Economics of Block Booking', Journal of Law and Economics, XXVI (3), October, 497-540 -- Scott E. Masten and Edward A. Snyder (1993), 'United States versus United Shoe Machinery Corporation: On the Merits', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXVI (1), Part 1, April, 33-70.
    Abstract: Transaction cost economics began to take shape about 25 years ago. Although 25 years is comparatively young in the analytical scheme of things, numerous applications have been made and more are in prospect. Volume I deals with theory and concepts and volume II deals with applications and policy. This is an important selection of key articles on transaction cost economics by distinguished scholars including Ronald Coase, Herbert Simon, Kenneth Arrow and Richard A. Posner. This research review addresses key areas such as private ordering and credibility, contracts and organization, internal organization, vertical integration and contracting
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785360831
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Elektronische Reproduktion von Income Distribution
    Keywords: Einkommensverteilung ; Theorie ; Welt ; Verteilungstheorie ; Theorie ; Income distribution ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Einkommensverteilung
    Abstract: Recommended readings may be found on Edward Elgar's website; they are too numerous to include here.
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (1152 pages)
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM® Redbooks® publication provides system administrators and developers with the knowledge to configure an IBM WebSphere® Application Server Version 8.5 runtime environment, to package and deploy applications, and to perform ongoing management of the WebSphere environment. As one in a series of IBM Redbooks publications and IBM Redpapers™ publications for V8.5, the entire series is designed to give you in-depth information about key WebSphere Application Server features. WebSphere Application Server V8.5 provides two runtime profiles. Every WebSphere Application Server package includes both profile types. The runtime traditionally available with the WebSphere Application Server packages is referred to as the full profile. The application serving run time provided with this profile is composed of a wide spectrum of runtime components that are available when the server is started. The full profile provides support for Java Platform Enterprise Edition 6 (Java EE 6) and Enterprise OSGi technologies. The Liberty profile provides a simplified stand-alone run time for web applications, supporting a subset of the programming model available with the full profile. Any application that runs on the Liberty profile will also run on the full profile. In this book, we provide a detailed exploration of the WebSphere Application Server V8.5 runtime administration process for the full profile. This book includes configuration and administration information for WebSphere Application Server V8.5 and WebSphere Application Server Network Deployment V8.5 on distributed platforms and WebSphere Application Server for IBM z/OS® V8.5. This book has been updated with information about the new features in WebSphere Application Server V8.5.5. The Liberty profile administration and configuration information has been moved into a separate book. The following publications are prerequisites for this book: WebSphere Application Server: New Features in V8.5.5, REDP-4870 WebSphere Application Server V8.5.5 Technical Overview, REDP-4855 IBM WebSphere Application Server V8.5 Concepts, Planning, and Design Guide, SG24-8022 The following publications are companion books, covering the Liberty profile of WebSphere Application Server: WebSphere Application Server Liberty Profile Guide for Developers, SG24-8076 WebSphere Application Server V8.5 Administration Guide for the Liberty Profile, SG24-8170
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed July 19, 2013) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (726 pages)
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM® Redbooks® publication provides guidance about how to configure, monitor, and manage your IBM System Storage® DS8800 and DS8700 storage systems to achieve optimum performance. It describes the DS8800 and DS8700 performance features and characteristics, including IBM System Storage Easy Tier® and DS8000® I/O Priority Manager. It also describes how they can be used with the various server platforms that attach to the storage system. Then, in separate chapters, we detail specific performance recommendations and discussions that apply for each server environment, as well as for database and DS8000 Copy Services environments. We also outline the various tools available for monitoring and measuring I/O performance for different server environments, as well as describe how to monitor the performance of the entire DS8000 storage system. This book is intended for individuals who want to maximize the performance of their DS8800 and DS8700 storage systems and investigate the planning and monitoring tools that are available. The IBM System Storage DS8800 and DS8700 storage system features, as described in this book, are available for the DS8700 with Licensed Machine Code (LMC) level 6.6.2x.xxx or higher and the DS8800 with Licensed Machine Code (LMC) level 7.6.2x.xxx or higher. For information about optimizing performance with the previous DS8000 models, DS8100 and DS8300, see the following IBM Redbooks publication: DS8000 Performance Monitoring and Tuning, SG24-7146.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed July 8, 2012) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    ISBN: 0738438464 , 9780738438467
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (638 pages)
    Series Statement: IBM Redbooks
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 005.376
    Keywords: WebSphere ; Computational grids (Computer systems) ; Application software Development ; Client/server computing ; Web servers Computer programs ; Electronic books ; local ; WebSphere ; WebSphere ; Electrical & Computer Engineering ; Engineering & Applied Sciences ; Telecommunications ; Grilles informatiques ; Logiciels d'application ; Développement ; Architecture client-serveur (Informatique) ; Serveurs Web ; Logiciels ; Application software ; Development ; Client/server computing ; Computational grids (Computer systems) ; Web servers ; Computer programs
    Abstract: This IBM® Redbooks® publication provides information about the concepts, planning, and design of IBM WebSphere® Application Server V8.5 environments. The target audience of this book is IT architects and consultants who want more information about the planning and design of application-serving environments, from small to large, and complex implementations. This book addresses the packaging and features in WebSphere Application Server V8.5, and highlights the most common implementation topologies. It provides information about planning for specific tasks and components that conform to the WebSphere Application Server environment. Also in this book are planning guidelines for Websphere Application Server V8.5 and Websphere Application Server Network Deployment V8.5 on distributed platforms. It also includes guidelines for WebSphere Application Server for IBM z/OS® V8.5. This book contains information about migration considerations when moving from previous releases. Please note that the additional material referenced in the text is not available from IBM.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed June 25, 2012) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (768 pages)
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM® Redbooks® publication introduces the IBM System Storage® DS3500, providing an overview of its design and specifications, and describing in detail how to set up, configure, and administer it. This edition covers updates and functions available with the DS3500 Storage Manager Version 10.70 (firmware level 7.70). IBM has combined best-of-breed development with leading 6 Gbps host interface and drive technology in the IBM System Storage DS3500 Express. With its simple, efficient, and flexible approach to storage, the DS3500 is a cost-effective, fully integrated complement to System x® servers, BladeCenter®, and Power Systems™. Offering substantial improvements at a price that will fit most budgets, the DS3500 delivers superior price to performance ratios, functionality, scalability, and ease-of-use for the entry-level storage user. The DS3500 supports intermixing four 1 Gbps iSCSI or four 8 Gbps FC host ports with its native 6 Gbps SAS interfaces. This flexible and multi-purpose dual protocol approach allows organizations to implement a single storage system to support all of their shared storage requirements, there by maximizing productivity, reliability, and cost. Delivering solid input/output per second (IOPS) and throughput, the DS3500 controllers offer balanced and sustainable performance. The DS3500 can effectively double the performance of the previous DS3000 series of storage systems in both throughput and IOPS. The DS3500 DS Storage Manager is the same management software offered with the DS5000 and DS4000® series. Now, any of these storage systems can be viewed and managed from a single interface. This allows for consolidated management of these various storage systems and a reduced learning curve. The DS3500 also supports enhanced remote mirroring over FC host ports, which is also compatible with the DS5000 and DS4000 series. This allows for low-cost backup and recovery with a DS5000 and DS4000 at a production site and a DS3500 at the secondary site. This book is intended for customers, IBM Business Partners, and IBM technical professionals who want to learn more about the capabilities and advanced functions of the IBM System Storage DS3500 with Storage Manager Software. It also targets those who have a DS3500 storage system and need detailed advice on how to configure and manage it.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed May 20, 2011) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (580 pages)
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: High-end workloads drive ever-increasing and ever-changing constraints. In addition to requiring greater memory capacity, these workloads challenge you to do more with less and to find new ways to simplify deployment and ownership. And although higher system availability and comprehensive systems management have always been critical, they have become even more important in recent years. Difficult challenges, such as these, create new opportunities for innovation. The IBM® eX5 portfolio delivers this innovation. This family of high-end computing introduces the fifth generation of IBM X-Architecture® technology. The family includes the IBM System x3850 X5, x3690 X5, and the IBM BladeCenter HX5. These servers are the culmination of more than a decade of x86 innovation and firsts that have changed the expectations of the industry. With this latest generation, eX5 is again leading the way as the shift toward virtualization, platform management, and energy efficiency accelerates. This book is divided into two parts. In the first part, we provide detailed technical information about the servers in the eX5 portfolio. This information is most useful in designing, configuring, and planning to order a server solution. In the second part of the book, we provide detailed configuration and setup information to get your servers operational. We focus particularly on setting up MAX5 configurations of all three eX5 servers as well as 2-node configurations of the x3850 X5 and HX5. This book is aimed at clients, IBM Business Partners, and IBM employees that want to understand the features and capabilities of the IBM eX5 portfolio of servers and want to learn how to install and configure the servers for use in production.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed May 12, 2011) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (512 pages)
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM® Redbooks® publication provides information about the concepts, planning, and design of IBM WebSphere® Application Server V8 environments. The target audience of this book is IT architects and consultants who want more information about the planning and designing of application-serving environments, from small to large, and complex implementations. This book addresses the packaging and features in WebSphere Application Server V8 and highlights the most common implementation topologies. It provides information about planning for specific tasks and components that conform to the WebSphere Application Server environment. Also in this book are planning guidelines for WebSphere Application Server V8 and WebSphere Application Server Network Deployment V8 on distributed platforms and for WebSphere Application Server for z/OS® V8. This book contains information about migration considerations when moving from previous releases.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed August 29, 2011) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (456 pages)
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: IBM® DB2® 9 and 10 for z/OS® have added functions in the areas of security, regulatory compliance, and audit capability that provide solutions for the most compelling requirements. DB2 10 enhances the DB2 9 role-based security with additional administrative and other finer-grained authorities and privileges. This authority granularity helps separate administration and data access that provide only the minimum appropriate authority. The authority profiles provide better separation of duties while limiting or eliminating blanket authority over all aspects of a table and its data. In addition, DB2 10 provides a set of criteria for auditing for the possible abuse and overlapping of authorities within a system. In DB2 10, improvements to security and regulatory compliance focus on data retention and protecting sensitive data from privileged users and administrators. Improvements also help to separate security administration from database administration. DB2 10 also lets administrators enable security on a particular column or particular row in the database complementing the privilege model. This IBM Redbooks® publication provides a detailed description of DB2 10 security functions from the implementation and usage point of view. It is intended to be used by database, audit, and security administrators.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed September 2, 2011) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785362347
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (p) , cm)
    Series Statement: Critical perspectives on the global trading system and the WTO 18
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Trade costs and facilitation
    Keywords: International economic relations ; Free trade ; Electronic books
    Abstract: C. Fred Bergsten (1997), 'Open Regionalism', World Economy, 20 (5), 545-65 -- Gerard McLinden (2006), 'Needs, Priorities and Costs Associated with Technical Assistance and Capacity Building for Implementation of a WTO Trade Facilitation Agreement: A Comparative Study Based on Six Developing Countries', World Bank Working Paper, November, 1-5, 9-35 -- J. Michael Finger (2008), 'Trade Facilitation: The Role of a WTO Agreement', ECIPE Working Paper No. 01/2008, 1-42 -- Jean-Christophe Maur (2008), 'Regionalism and Trade Facilitation: A Primer', Journal of World Trade, 42 (6), 979-1012 -- Minette Libom Li Likeng, Thomas Cantens and Samson Bilangna (2009), '"Gazing into the Mirror": Operational Internal Control in Cameroon Customs', Regional Integration and Transport - RIT Series, World Bank Discussion Paper No. 8, January, i, v, 1-3, 5-27, 29-32
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Robert A. Mundell (1957), 'International Trade and Factor Mobility', American Economic Review, 47 (3), June, 321-35 -- Paul Krugman (1980), 'Scale Economies, Product Differentiation, and the Pattern of Trade', American Economic Review, 70 (5), December, 950-59 -- Paul Krugman (1991), 'Increasing Returns and Economic Geography', Journal of Political Economy, 99 (3), June, 483-99 -- Alan V. Deardorff (2001), 'International Provision of Trade Services, Trade, and Fragmentation', Review of International Economics, 9 (2), 233-48 -- Spiros Bougheas, Panicos O. Demetriades and Edgar L.W. Morgenroth (1999), 'Infrastructure, Transport Costs and Trade', Journal of International Economics, 47 (1), February, 169-89 -- J.M. Finger and A.J. Yeats (1976), 'Effective Protection by Transportation Costs and Tariffs: A Comparison of Magnitudes', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 90 (1), February, 169-76 -- James E. Anderson and Eric van Wincoop (2004), 'Trade Costs', Journal of Economic Literature, XLII (3), September, 691-751 -- Nuno Limão and Anthony J. Venables (2001), 'Infrastructure, Geographical Disadvantage, Transport Costs, and Trade', World Bank Economic Review, 15 (3), 451-79 -- John McCallum (1995), 'National Borders Matter: Canada-U.S. Regional Trade Patterns', American Economic Review, 85 (3), June, 615-23 -- Charles Engel and John H. Rogers (1996), 'How Wide Is the Border?', American Economic Review, 86 (5), December, 1112-25 -- Anne-Célia Disdier and Keith Head (2008), 'The Puzzling Persistence of the Distance Effect on Bilateral Trade', Review of Economics and Statistics, 90 (1), February, 37-48 -- John S. Wilson, Catherine L. Mann and Tsunehiro Otsuki (2003), 'Trade Facilitation and Economic Development: A New Approach to Quantifying the Impact', World Bank Economic Review, 17 (3), 367-89 -- David Dollar, Mary Hallward-Driemeier and Taye Mengistae (2006), 'Investment Climate and International Integration', World Development, 34 (9), 1498-516 -- Gae͏̈l Raballand (2003), 'Determinants of the Negative Impact of Being Landlocked on Trade: An Empirical Investigation Through the Central Asian Case', Comparative Economic Studies, 45, 520-36 -- Alberto Portugal-Perez and John S. Wilson (2008), 'Trade Costs in Africa: Barriers and Opportunities for Reform', Policy Research Working Paper No. 4619, 1-31 -- Ben Shepherd and John S. Wilson (2009), 'Trade Facilitation in ASEAN Member Countries: Measuring Progress and Assessing Priorities', Journal of Asian Economics, 20, 367-83 -- Thomas W. Hertel, Terrie Walmsley and Ken Itakura (2001), 'Dynamic Effects of the "New Age" Free Trade Agreement between Japan and Singapore', Journal of Economic Integration, 16 (4), December, 446-84 -- Joseph Francois, Hans van Meijl and Frank van Tongeren (2005), 'Trade Liberalization in the Doha Development Round', Economic Policy, 20 (42), April, 351-91 -- Thomas W. Hertel and Roman Keeney (2006), 'What Is At Stake: The Relative Importance of Import Barriers, Export Subsidies, and Domestic Support', in Kym Anderson (ed) and Will Martin (ed) (eds), Agricultural Trade Reform and the Doha Development Agenda, Chapter 2, Washington, DC: The World Bank and New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan, 37-62
    Abstract: Simeon Djankov, Caroline Freund and Cong S. Pham (2010), 'Trading on Time', Review of Economics and Statistics, 92 (1), February, 166-73 -- Carolyn L. Evans and James Harrigan (2005), 'Distance, Time, and Specialization: Lean Retailing in General Equilibrium', American Economic Review, 95 (1), March, 292-313 -- Maria Persson (2008), 'Trade Facilitation and the EU-ACP Economic Partnership Agreements', Journal of Economic Integration, 23 (3), September, 518-46 -- Caroline L. Freund and Diana Weinhold (2004), 'The Effect of the Internet on International Trade', Journal of International Economics, 62 (1), January, 171-89 -- Carsten Fink, Aaditya Mattoo and Ileana Cristina Neagu (2005), 'Assessing the Impact of Communication Costs on International Trade', Journal of International Economics, 67 (2), December, 428-45 -- Ximena Clark, David Dollar and Alejandro Micco (2004), 'Port Efficiency, Maritime Transport Costs, and Bilateral Trade', Journal of Development Economics, 75(2), December, 417-50 -- Carsten Fink, Aaditya Mattoo and Ileana Cristina Neagu (2002), 'Trade in International Maritime Services: How Much Does Policy Matter?', World Bank Economic Review, 16 (1), 81-108 -- Alejandro Micco and Tomás Serebrisky (2006), 'Competition Regimes and Air Transport Costs: The Effects of Open Skies Agreements', Journal of International Economics, 70 (1), September, 25-51 -- David Hummels, Volodymyr Lugovskyy and Alexandre Skiba (2009), 'The Trade Reducing Effects of Market Power in International Shipping', Journal of Development Economics, 89 (1), May, 84-97 -- James E. Rauch (1999), 'Networks Versus Markets in International Trade', Journal of International Economics, 48, 7-35 -- Marc Auboin and Moritz Meier-Ewert (2003), Improving the Availability of Trade Finance during Financial Crises, Geneva, Switzerland: World Trade Organization, i, 1-18 -- Hildegunn Kyvik Nordås, Enrico Pinali and Massimo Geloso Grosso (2006), 'Logistics and Time as a Trade Barrier', OECD Trade Policy Working Papers, No. 35, OECD Publishing, 1-3, 6-58 -- Dean Yang (2008), 'Integrity for Hire: An Analysis of a Widespread Customs Reform', Journal of Law and Economics, 51, February, 25-57 -- Jose Anson, Olivier Cadot and Marcelo Olarreaga (2006), 'Tariff Evasion and Customs Corruption: Does Pre-Shipment Inspection Help?', Contributions to Economic Analysis and Policy, 5 (1), i, 1-24 -- James E. Anderson and Douglas Marcouiller (2002), 'Insecurity and the Pattern of Trade: An Empirical Investigation', Review of Economics and Statistics, 84 (2), May, 342-52 -- Gae͏̈l Raballand and Enrique Aldaz-Carroll (2007), 'How Do Differing Standards Increase Trade Costs? The Case of Pallets', World Economy, 30 (4), 685-702 -- Witold Czubala, Ben Shepherd and John S. Wilson (2009), 'Help or Hindrance? The Impact of Harmonised Standards on African Exports', Journal of African Economies, 18 (5), 711-44 -- Maggie Xiaoyang Chen and Aaditya Mattoo (2008), 'Regionalism in Standards: Good or Bad for Trade?', Canadian Journal of Economics, 41 (3), August, 838-63 -- Patrick A. Messerlin and Jamel Zarrouk (2000), 'Trade Facilitation: Technical Regulations and Customs Procedures', World Economy, 23 (4), 577-93
    Note: Includes bibliographical references , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785362224
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (2 v) , cm
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings on business and management 14
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Women and management
    DDC: 658.409082
    Keywords: Businesswomen ; Discrimination in employment ; Women executives ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Frau ; Management ; Geschlechterrolle ; Geschichte 1989-2008 ; Weibliche Führungskraft ; Chancengleichheit ; Lohndifferenzierung ; Work-Life-Balance ; Geschichte 1989-2008
    Abstract: Jennifer Cunningham and Therese Macan (2007), 'Effects of Applicant Pregnancy on Hiring Decisions and Interview Ratings', Sex Roles, 57, 497-508 -- Gavin Dick and Beverley Metcalfe (2007), 'The Progress of Female Police Officers?: An Empirical Analysis of Organisational Commitment and Tenure Explanations in Two UK Police Forces', International Journal of Public Sector Management, 20 (2), 81-100 -- Caroline Gatrell (2007), 'A Fractional Commitment? Part-time Work and the Maternal Body', International Journal of Human Resource Management, 18 (3), March, 462-75 -- Kathryn Haynes (2008), '(Re)figuring Accounting and Maternal Bodies: The Gendered Embodiment of Accounting Professionals', Accounting, Organizations and Society, 33, 328-48 -- Elaine Swan (2005), 'On Bodies, Rhinestones, and Pleasures: Women Teaching Managers', Management Learning, 36 (3), 317-33 -- Jennifer A. Chatman and Charles A. O'Reilly (2004), 'Asymmetric Reactions to Work Group Sex Diversity Among Men and Women', Academy of Management Journal, 47 (2), 193-208 -- Alice H. Eagly, Mary C. Johannesen-Schmidt and Marloes L. van Engen (2003), 'Transformational, Transactional, and Laissez-Faire Leadership Styles: A Meta-Analysis Comparing Women and Men', Psychological Bulletin, 129 (4), 569-91 -- Ella L.J. Edmondson Bell, Debra Meyerson, Stella Nkomo and Maureen Scully (2003), 'Interpreting Silence and Voice in the Workplace: A Conversation About Tempered Radicalism Among Black and White Women Researchers', Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 39 (4), December, 381-414 -- Robin Ely and Irene Padavic (2007), 'A Feminist Analysis of Organizational Research on Sex Differences', Academy of Management Review, 32 (4), 1121-43 -- Sandra L. Fielden and Marilyn J. Davidson (2001), 'Stress and Gender in Unemployed Female and Male Managers', Applied Psychology: An International Review, 50 (2), 305-3 -- Susan Gill and Marilyn J. Davidson (2001) 'Problems and Pressures Facing Lone Mothers in Management and Professional Occupations - A Pilot Study', Women in Management Review, 16 (8), 383-99 -- Deborah Kerfoot and David Knights (1993), 'Management, Masculinity and Manipulation: From Paternalism to Corporate Strategy in Financial Services in Britain', Journal of Management Studies, 30 (4), July, 659-77 -- Joel Lefkowitz (1994), 'Sex-Related Differences in Job Attitudes and Dispositional Variables: Now You See Them,...', Academy of Management Journal, 37 (2), April, 323-49 -- Barbara F. Reskin and Debra Branch McBrier (2000), 'Why Not Ascription? Organizations' Employment of Male and Female Managers', American Sociological Review, 65 (2), April, 210-33 -- Linda K. Stroh, Jeanne M. Brett and Anne H. Reilly (1992), 'All The Right Stuff: A Comparison of Female and Male Managers' Career Progression', Journal of Applied Psychology, 77 (3), 251-60 -- Angela M. Young and David Hurlic (2007) 'Gender Enactment at Work: The Importance of Gender and Gender-Related Behavior to Person-Organizational Fit and Career Decisions', Journal of Managerial Psychology, 22 (2), 168-87
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Bonita L. Betters-Reed and Lynda L. Moore (1995), 'Shifting the Management Development Paradigm for Women', Journal of Management Development, 14 (2), 24-38 -- Alice H. Eagly and Steven J. Karau (2002), 'Role Congruity Theory of Prejudice Toward Female Leaders', Psychological Review, 109 (3), 573-98 -- Gedaliahu H. Harel (In Memoriam), Shay S. Tzafrir and Yehuda Baruch (2003), 'Achieving Organizational Effectiveness Through Promotion of Women into Managerial Positions: HRM Practice Focus', International Journal of Human Resource Management, 14 (2), March, 247-63 -- Belle Rose Ragins and John L. Cotton (1999), 'Mentor Functions and Outcomes: A Comparison of Men and Women in Formal and Informal Mentoring Relationships', Journal of Applied Psychology, 84 (4), 529-50 -- Carole Elliott and Valerie Stead (2008), 'Learning from Leading Women's Experience: Towards a Sociological Understanding', Leadership, 4 (2), 159-80 -- Sharon Mavin (2008), 'Queen Bees, Wannabees and Afraid to Bees: No More 'Best Enemies' for Women in Management?', British Journal of Management, 19, S75-S84 -- Nancy J. Adler (1984), 'Women Do Not Want International Careers: And Other Myths About International Management', Organizational Dynamics, 13 (2), 66-79 -- Paula M. Caligiuri and Rosalie L. Tung (1999), 'Comparing the Success of Male and Female Expatriates from a US-Based Multinational Company', International Journal of Human Resource Management, 10 (5), October, 763-82 -- Virginia E. Schein (2001), 'A Global Look at Psychological Barriers to Women's Progress in Management', Journal of Social Issues, 57 (4), 675-88 -- Mina Westman, Dalia Etzion, Etty Gattenio (2008), 'International Business Travels and the Work-Family Interface: A Longitudinal Study', Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology, 81, 459-80 -- Doris Weichselbaumer and Rudolf Winter-Ebmer (2005), 'A Meta-Analysis of the International Gender Wage Gap', Journal of Economic Surveys, 19 (3), 479-511 -- David A. Cotter, Joan M. Hermsen, Seth Ovadia and Reeve Vanneman (2001), 'The Glass Ceiling Effect', Social Forces, 80 (2), December, 655-81 -- Terry C. Blum, Dail L. Fields and Jodi S. Goodman (1994), 'Organization-Level Determinants of Women in Management', Academy of Management Journal, 37 (2), April, 241-68 -- Adelina Broadbridge (1998), 'Barriers in the Career Progression of Retail Managers', International Review of Retail, Distribution and Consumer Research, 8 (1), January, 53-78 -- Phyllis Tharenou, Shane Latimer and Denise Conroy (1994), 'How Do You Make it to the Top? An Examination of Influences on Women's and Men's Managerial Advancement', Academy of Management Journal, 37 (4), August, 899-931 -- Gary N. Powell and D. Anthony Butterfield (1994), 'Investigating the "Glass Ceiling" Phenomenon: An Empirical Study of Actual Promotions to Top Management', Academy of Management Journal, 37 (1), February, 68-86 -- Savita Kumra and Susan Vinnicombe (2008), 'A Study of the Promotion to Partner Process in a Professional Services Firm: How Women are Disadvantaged', British Journal of Management, 19, S65-S74 -- Joan Acker (1990), 'Hierarchies, Jobs, Bodies: A Theory of Gendered Organizations', Gender and Society, 4 (2), June, 139-58 -- Joanna Brewis, Mark P. Hampton and Stephen Linstead (1997), 'Unpacking Priscilla: Subjectivity and Identity in the Organization of Gendered Appearance', Human Relations, 50 (10), 1275-304
    Note: Includes bibliographical references , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785362217
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xx, 641 pages)
    Series Statement: Strategic management 2
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Strategy process
    DDC: 658.4012
    Keywords: Strategisches Management ; Ablauf ; Organisationsforschung ; Strategic planning ; Electronic books ; Strategisches Management ; Strategische Planung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Moshe Farjoun (2002), 'Towards an Organic Perspective on Strategy', Strategic Management Journal, 23, 561-94 -- James W. Fredrickson (1983), 'Strategic Process Research: Questions and Recommendations', Academy of Management Review, 8 (4), October, 565-75 -- Anne S. Huff and Rhonda Kay Reger (1987), 'A Review of Strategic Process Research', Journal of Management, 13 (2), 211-36 -- Henry Mintzberg and Joseph Lampel (1999), 'Reflecting on the Strategy Process', Sloan Management Review, 40 (3), Spring, 21-30 -- Andrew H. van de Ven (1992), 'Suggestions for Studying Strategy Process: A Research Note', Strategic Management Journal, 13, Summer, Special Issue, 169-88 -- V.K. Narayanan and Liam Fahey (1982), 'The Micro-Politics of Strategy Formulation', Academy of Management Review, 7 (1), January, 25-34 -- Bill Wooldridge and Steven W. Floyd (1989), 'Strategic Process Effects on Consensus', Strategic Management Journal, 10 (3), May-June, 295-302 -- Yves L. Doz, Paul M. Olk, Peter Smith Ring (2000), 'Formation Processes of R&D Consortia: Which Path to Take? Where Does it Lead?', Strategic Management Journal, 21, 239-66 -- Charles I. Stubbart and Roger D. Smalley (1999), 'The Deceptive Allure of Stage Models of Strategic Processes', Journal of Management Inquiry, 8, September, 273-86 -- James Brian Quinn (1981), 'Formulating Strategy One Step at a Time', Journal of Business Strategy, 1 (3), Winter, 42-63 -- Henry Mintzberg and James A. Waters (1982), 'Tracking Strategy in an Entrepreneurial Firm', Academy of Management Journal, 25 (3), September, 465-99 -- David E.W. Marginson (2002), 'Management Control Systems and their Effects on Strategy Formation at Middle-Management Levels: Evidence from a U.K. Organization', Strategic Management Journal, 23, 1019-31 -- Peter Smith Ring and Andrew H. van de Ven (1994), 'Developmental Processes of Cooperative Interorganizational Relationships', Academy of Management Review, 19 (1), January, 90-118 -- Andrew M. Pettigrew (1987), 'Context and Action in the Transformation of the Firm', Journal of Management Studies, 24 (6), November, 649-70 -- John Hendry (2000), 'Strategic Decision Making, Discourse, and Strategy as Social Practice', Journal of Management Studies, 37 (7), November, 955-77 -- Patrick Regnér (2003), 'Strategy Creation in the Periphery: Inductive Versus Deductive Strategy Making', Journal of Management Studies, 40 (1), January, 57-82 -- Alfred Marcus and Donald Geffen (1998), 'The Dialectics of Competency Acquisition: Pollution Prevention in Electric Generation', Strategic Management Journal, 19, 1145-68 -- Robert A. Burgelman (1983), 'A Process Model of Internal Corporate Venturing in the Diversified Major Firm', Administrative Science Quarterly, 28 (2), June, 223-44 -- Robert A. Burgelman (1991), 'Intraorganizational Ecology of Strategy Making and Organizational Adaptation: Theory and Field Research', Organization Science, 2 (3), August, 239-62
    Abstract: Tomo Noda and Joseph L. Bower (1996), 'Strategy Making as Iterated Processes of Resource Allocation', Strategic Management Journal, 17, Special Issue, Summer, 159-92 -- Bjorn Lovas and Sumantra Ghoshal (2000), 'Strategy as Guided Evolution', Strategic Management Journal, 21, 875-96 -- Andrew M. Pettigrew (1990), 'Longitudinal Field Research on Change: Theory and Practice', Organization Science, 1 (3), Special Issue, August, 267-92 -- Peter R. Monge (1990), 'Theoretical and Analytical Issues in Studying Organizational Processes', Organization Science, 1 (4), November, 406-30 -- Brian T. Pentland (1999), 'Building Process Theory with Narrative: From Description to Explanation', Academy of Management Review, 24 (4), October, 711-24 -- Jane E. Dutton and Stephen A. Stumpf (1991), 'Using Behavioral Simulations to Study Strategic Processes', Simulation and Gaming, 22 (2), June, 149-73 -- Thomas Hutzschenreuter and Ingo Kleindienst (2006), 'Strategy- Process Research: What Have We Learned and What is Still to be Explored', Journal of Management, 32 (5), October, 673-720 -- Harry Sminia (2009), 'Process Research in Strategy Formation: Theory, Methodology and Relevance', International Journal of Management Reviews, 11 (1), 97-125
    Note: Includes bibliographical references , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785362200
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxvii, 683 p) , cm
    Series Statement: The international library of entrepreneurship 18
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The knowledge spillover theory of entrepreneurship
    DDC: 338.04
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Wissenstransfer ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Technischer Fortschritt ; Unternehmer ; Unternehmensgründung ; Technological innovations ; Intellectual capital ; Organizational learning ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship ; Wissensmanagement ; Spill-over-Effekt
    Abstract: James J. Anton and Dennis A. Yao (1994), 'Expropriation and Inventions: Appropriable Rents in the Absence of Property Rights', American Economic Review, 84 (1), March, 190-209 -- Lynne G. Zucker, Michael R. Darby and Marilynn B. Brewer (1998), 'Intellectual Human Capital and the Birth of U.S. Biotechnology Enterprises', American Economic Review, 88 (1), March, 290-306 -- David B. Audretsch (1995), 'New Firms', in Innovation and Industry Evolution, Chapter 3, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 39-64, references -- Scott Shane (2001), 'Technological Opportunities and New Firm Creation', Management Science, 47 (2), February, 205-20 -- Boyan Jovanovic (2001), 'New Technology and The Small Firm', Small Business Economics, 16 (1), February, 53-5 -- Zoltan J. Acs and Attila Varga (2002), 'Geography, Endogenous Growth, and Innovation', International Regional Science Review, 25 (1), 132-48 -- Claudio Michelacci (2003), 'Low Returns in R&D Due to the Lack of Entrepreneurial Skills', Economic Journal, 113 (484), January, 207-25 -- Bo Carlsson, Zoltan J. Acs, David B. Audretsch and Pontus Braunerhjelm (2009), 'Knowledge Creation, Entrepreneurship, and Economic Growth: A Historical Review', Industrial and Corporate Change, 18 (6), December, 1193-229 -- Zoltan J. Acs, Pontus Braunerhjelm, David B. Audretsch and Bo Carlsson (2009), 'The Knowledge Spillover Theory of Entrepreneurship', Small Business Economics, 32 (1), January, 15-30 -- Zoltan Acs, Lawrence A. Plummer and Ryan Sutter (2009), 'Penetrating the Knowledge Filter in "Rust Belt" Economies', Annals of Regional Science, 43 (4), 989-1012 -- David B. Audretsch and Erik E. Lehmann (2005), 'Does the Knowledge Spillover Theory of Entrepreneurship Hold for Regions?', Research Policy, 34, 1191-202 -- Zoltan J. Acs and Attila Varga (2005), 'Entrepreneurship, Agglomeration and Technological Change', Small Business Economics, 24 (3), 323-34 -- Edward P. Lazear (2005), 'Entrepreneurship', Journal of Labor Economics, 23 (4), 649-80 -- Jarle Møen (2005), 'Is Mobility of Technical Personnel a Source of R&D Spillovers?', Journal of Labor Economics, 23 (1), 81-114 -- Thomas Hellmann (2007), 'When Do Employees Become Entrepreneurs?', Management Science, 53 (6), June, 919-33 -- Hans K. Hvide (2009), 'The Quality of Entrepreneurs', Economic Journal, 119 (539), July, 1010-35
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): F.A. Hayek (1945), 'The Use of Knowledge in Society', American Economic Review, XXXV (4), September, 519-30 -- Joseph A. Schumpeter (1947), 'The Creative Response in Economic History', Journal of Economic History, VII (2), November, 149-59 -- Kenneth J. Arrow (1962), 'Economic Welfare and the Allocation of Resources for Invention', in Universities-National Bureau Committee for Economics Research, The Rate and Direction of Inventive Activity: Economic and Social Factors. A Conference of the Universities-National Bureau Committee for Economic Research and the Committee on Economic Growth of the Social Science Research Council, Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 609-26 -- William J. Baumol (1968), 'Entrepreneurship in Economic Theory', American Economic Review, Papers and Proceedings, 58 (2), May, 64-71 -- Harvey Leibenstein (1968), 'Entrepreneurship and Development', American Economic Review, Papers and Proceedings, 58 (2), May, 72-83 -- Robert E. Lucas, Jr. (1978), 'On the Size Distribution of Business Firms', Bell Journal of Economics, 9 (2), Autumn, 508-23 -- Zvi Griliches (1979), 'Issues in Assessing the Contribution of Research and Development to Productivity Growth', Bell Journal of Economics, 10 (1), Spring, 92-116 -- Boyan Jovanovic (1982), 'Selection and the Evolution of Industry', Econometrica, 50 (3), May, 649-70 -- Ariél Pakes and Shmuel Nitzan (1983), 'Optimum Contracts for Research Personnel, Research Employment, and the Establishment of "Rival" Enterprises', Journal of Labor Economics, 1 (4), October, 345-65 -- Zoltan J. Acs and David B. Audretsch (1988), 'Innovation in Large and Small Firms: An Empirical Analysis', American Economic Review, 78 (4), September, 678-90 -- David S. Evans and Boyan Jovanovic (1989), 'An Estimated Model of Entrepreneurial Choice under Liquidity Constraints', Journal of Political Economy, 97 (4), 808-27 -- Paul M. Romer (1990), 'Endogenous Technological Change', Journal of Political Economy, 98 (5, Part 2), October, S71-S102 -- Paul S. Segerstrom, T.C.A. Anant and Elias Dinopoulos (1990), 'A Schumpeterian Model of the Product Life Cycle', American Economic Review, 80 (5), December, 1077-91 -- Philippe Aghion and Peter Howitt (1992), 'A Model of Growth through Creative Destruction', Econometrica, 60 (2), March, 323-51 -- Adam B. Jaffe (1989), 'Real Effects of Academic Research', American Economic Review, 79 (5), December, 957-70 -- Adam B. Jaffe, Manuel Trajtenberg and Rebecca Henderson (1993), 'Geographic Localization of Knowledge Spillovers as Evidenced by Patent Citations', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 108 (3), August, 577-98 -- Zoltan J. Acs, David B. Audretsch and Maryann P. Feldman (1994), 'R&D Spillovers and Recipient Firm Size', Review of Economics and Statistics, 76 (2), May, 336-40 -- Luc Anselin, Attila Varga and Zoltan Acs (1997), 'Local Geographic Spillovers between University Research and High Technology Innovations', Journal of Urban Economics, 42 (3), 422-48 -- Peter Thompson and Melanie Fox-Kean (2005), 'Patent Citations and the Geography of Knowledge Spillovers: A Reassessment', American Economic Review, 95 (1), March, 450-60
    Note: Includes bibliographical references , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785362187
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiv, 423 pages)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Corporate governance and the business life cycle
    RVK:
    Keywords: Corporate Governance ; Lebenszyklus ; Entrepreneurship ; Eigentümerstruktur ; Vorstand ; Großbritannien ; Business planning ; Corporate governance ; Electronic books ; Corporate Governance ; Unternehmensentwicklung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Ruth V. Aguilera, Igor Filatotchev, Howard Gospel and Gregory Jackson (2008), 'An Organizational Approach to Comparative Corporate Governance: Costs, Contingencies, and Complementarities', Organization Science, 19 (3), May-June, 475-92 -- Igor Filatotchev, Steve Toms and Mike Wright (2006), 'The Firm's Strategic Dynamics and Corporate Governance Life-cycle', International Journal of Managerial Finance, 2 (4), 256-79 -- Matthew D. Lynall, Brian R. Golden and Amy J. Hillman (2003), 'Board Composition from Adolescence to Maturity: A Multitheoretic View', Academy of Management Review, 28 (3), July, 416-31 -- Julian Franks, Colin Mayer and Stefano Rossi (2009), 'Ownership: Evolution and Regulation', Review of Financial Studies, 22 (10), 4009-56 -- Lucian Arye Bebchuk and Mark J. Roe (1999), 'A Theory of Path Dependence in Corporate Ownership and Governance', Stanford Law Review, 52 (1), November, 127-70 -- Eric Gedajlovic, Michael H. Lubatkin and William S. Schulze (2004), 'Crossing the Threshold from Founder Management to Professional Management: A Governance Perspective', Journal of Management Studies, 41 (5), July, 899-912 -- Shaker A. Zahra, Donald O. Neubaum and Morten Huse (2000), 'Entrepreneurship in Medium-Size Companies: Exploring the Effects of Ownership and Governance Systems', Journal of Management, 26 (5), 947-76 -- W.M. Gerard Sanders and Steven Boivie (2004), 'Sorting Things Out: Valuation of New Firms in Uncertain Markets', Strategic Management Journal, 25, 167-86 -- Igor Filatotchev and Kate Bishop (2002), 'Board Composition, Share Ownership, and 'Underpricing' of U.K. IPO Firms', Strategic Management Journal, 23 (10), October, 941-55 -- Helen Short, Kevin Keasey, Mike Wright and Alison Hull (1999), 'Corporate Governance: From Accountability to Enterprise', Accounting and Business Research, 29 (4), Autumn, 337-52 -- Shaker A. Zahra (1996), 'Governance, Ownership, and Corporate Entrepreneurship: The Moderating Impact of Industry Technological Opportunities', Academy of Management Journal, 39 (6), December, 1713-35 -- Michael A. Hitt, Robert E. Hoskisson, Richard A. Johnson and Douglas D. Moesel (1996), 'The Market for Corporate Control and Firm Innovation', Academy of Management Journal, 39 (5), October, 1084-119 -- Kenneth J. Rediker and Anju Seth (1995), 'Boards of Directors and Substitution Effects of Alternative Governance Mechanisms', Strategic Management Journal, 16 (2), February, 85-99 -- Donald C. Hambrick, Marta A. Geletkanycz and James W. Fredrickson (1993), 'Top Executive Commitment to the Status Quo: Some Tests of its Determinants', Strategic Management Journal, 14 (6), September, 401-18 -- Catherine M. Daily and Dan R. Dalton (1994), 'Bankruptcy and Corporate Governance: The Impact of Board Composition and Structure', Academy of Management Journal, 37 (6), December, 1603-17 -- Igor Filatotchev and Steve Toms (2006), 'Corporate Governance and Financial Constraints on Strategic Turnarounds', Journal of Management Studies, 43 (3), May, 407-33 -- Charlie Weir, David Laing and Mike Wright (2005), 'Incentive Effects, Monitoring Mechanisms and the Market for Corporate Control: An Analysis of the Factors Affecting Public to Private Transactions in the UK', Journal of Business Finance and Accounting, 32 (5) & (6), June/July, 909-43
    Note: Includes bibliographical references , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785362194
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 634 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Economic approaches to law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Economics of public international law
    DDC: 341
    RVK:
    Keywords: Völkerrecht ; Normbefolgung ; Vertragsrecht ; Institutionelle Infrastruktur ; Internationale Sicherheit ; Welt ; International law Economic aspects ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Jack L. Goldsmith and Eric A. Posner (1999), 'A Theory of Customary International Law', University of Chicago Law Review, 66 (4), Autumn, 1113-77 -- Andrew T. Guzman (2002), 'A Compliance-Based Theory of International Law', California Law Review, 90 (6), December, 1823-87 -- Oona A. Hathaway (2002), 'Do Human Rights Treaties Make a Difference?', Yale Law Journal, 111 (8), June, 1935-2042 -- Francesco Parisi and Catherine Ševčenko (2003), 'Treaty Reservations and the Economics of Article 21(1) of the Vienna Convention', Berkeley Journal of International Law, 21, 1-26 -- Zachary Elkins, Andrew T. Guzman and Beth A. Simmons (2006), 'Competing for Capital: The Diffusion of Bilateral Investment Treaties, 1960-2000', International Organization, 60, Fall, 811-46 -- Kenneth W. Abbott, Robert O. Keohane, Andrew Moravcsik, Anne-Marie Slaughter and Duncan Snidal (2000), 'The Concept of Legalization', International Organization, 54 (3), Summer, 401-19 -- Andrew T. Guzman (2002), 'The Cost of Credibility: Explaining Resistance to Interstate Dispute Resolution Mechanisms', Journal of Legal Studies, XXXI (2), Part 1, June, 303-26 -- Eric A. Posner and John C. Yoo (2005), 'Judicial Independence in International Tribunals', California Law Review, 93 (1), January, 1-74 -- Giovanni Maggi and Massimo Morelli (2006), 'Self-Enforcing Voting in International Organizations', American Economic Review, 96 (4), September, 1137-58 -- Alan O. Sykes (2005), 'Public versus Private Enforcement of International Economic Law: Standing and Remedy', Journal of Legal Studies, 34 (2), June, 631-66 -- Eric A. Posner and Alan O. Sykes (2007), 'An Economic Analysis of State and Individual Responsibility Under International Law', American Law and Economics Review, 9 (1), 72-134 -- Jonathan Eaton and Maxim Engers (1992), 'Sanctions', Journal of Political Economy, 100 (5), October, 899-928 -- Todd Sandler and Keith Hartley (2001), 'Economics of Alliances: The Lessons for Collective Action', Journal of Economic Literature, XXXIX (3), September, 869-96 -- Eric A. Posner and Alan O. Sykes (2005), 'Optimal War and Jus ad Bellum ', Georgetown Law Journal, 93, 993-1022
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785362118
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The political economy of intellectual property rights
    DDC: 346.048
    Keywords: Immaterialgüterrechte ; Informationswert ; Urheberrecht ; WTO-Recht ; TRIPS ; Technologie ; Technologietransfer ; Welt ; Intellectual property Political aspects ; Intellectual property ; Intellectual property ; Economic aspects ; Critical theory ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Duncan Matthews and Viviana Munoz-Tellez (2006), 'Bilateral Technical Assistance and TRIPS: The United States, Japan and the European Communities in Comparative Perspective', Journal of World Intellectual Property, 9 (6), 629-53 -- Debora J. Halbert (2007), 'The World Intellectual Property Organization: Past, Present and Future', Journal of the Copyright Society of the USA, 54 (2), Winter/Spring, 253-84 -- James Boyle (1997), 'A Politics of Intellectual Property: Environmentalism for the Net?', Duke Law Journal, 47 (1), October, 87-116 -- John Frow (1996), 'Information as Gift and Commodity', New Left Review, I (219), September-October, 89-108 -- Sol Picciotto and David Campbell (2004), 'Whose Molecule is it Anyway? Private and Social Perspectives on Intellectual Property', in Alastair Hudson (ed) (ed.), New Perspectives on Property Law, Obligations and Restitution, London: Cavendish Publishing Ltd, 279-303 -- Brian Martin (1995), 'Against Intellectual Property', Philosophy and Social Action, 21 (3), July-September, 7-22 -- Graham Dutfield (2007), 'A Rights-free World - Is it Workable, and What is the Point?', in Charlotte Waelde (ed) and Hector MacQueen (ed) (eds), Intellectual Property: The Many Faces of the Public Domain, Chapter 15, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar, 211-25
    Abstract: James Boyle (2000), 'Cruel, Mean, or Lavish? Economic Analysis, Price Discrimination and Digital Intellectual Property', Vanderbilt Law Review, 53 (6), November, 2007-39 -- Keith E. Maskus and Mohan Penubarti (1995), 'How Trade-Related are Intellectual Property Rights?', Journal of International Economics, 39, 227-48 -- Edmund W. Kitch (2000), 'Elementary and Persistent Errors in the Economic Analysis of Intellectual Property', Vanderbilt Law Review, 53 (6), 1727-41 -- Peter Drahos (1995), 'Global Property Rights in Information: The Story of TRIPS at the GATT', Prometheus, 13 (1), June, 6-19 -- Graeme B. Dinwoodie and Rochelle C. Dreyfuss (2004), 'TRIPS and the Dynamics of Intellectual Property Lawmaking', Case Western Reserve Journal of International Law, 36, 95-122 -- Laurence R. Helfer (2004), 'Regime Shifting: The TRIPs Agreement and New Dynamics of International Intellectual Property Lawmaking', Yale Journal of International Law, 29, 1-83 -- Rajan Dhanjee and Laurence Boisson de Chazournes (1993), 'Trade Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS): Objectives, Approaches and Basic Principles of the GATT and of Intellectual Property Conventions', Journal of World Trade, 24 (5), October, 5-15 -- Keith E. Maskus (2002), 'Regulatory Standards in the WTO: Comparing Intellectual Property Rights with Competition Policy, Environmental Protection, and Core Labor Standards', World Trade Review, 1 (2), 135-52 -- Daya Shanker (2003), 'Legitimacy and the TRIPS Agreement', Journal of World Intellectual Property, 6 (1), 155-89 -- Ruth L. Okediji (2003), 'Public Welfare and the Role of the WTO: Reconsidering the TRIPs Agreement', Emory International Law Review, 17 (2), Summer, 819-918 -- A. Samuel Oddi (1996), 'TRIPS - Natural Rights and a "Polite Form of Economic Imperialism"', Vanderbilt Journal of Transnational Law, 29, 415-70 -- Anna Lanoszka (2003), 'The Global Politics of Intellectual Property Rights and Pharmaceutical Drug Policies in Developing Countries', International Political Science Review, 24 (2), April, 181-97 -- Robert L. Ostergard, Jr. (1999), 'The Political Economy of the South Africa-United States Patent Dispute', Journal of World Intellectual Property, 2 (6), 875-88 -- Frederick M. Abbott (2002), 'The TRIPS Agreement, Access to Medicines, and the WTO Doha Ministerial Conference', Journal of World Intellectual Property, 5 (1), 15-52 -- David Vaver and Shamnad Basheer (2006), 'Popping Patented Pills: Europe and a Decade's Dose of TRIPs', European Intellectual Property Review, 28 (5), May, 282-91 -- Duncan Matthews (2005), 'TRIPs Flexibilities and Access to Medicines in Developing Countries: The Problem with Technical Assistance and Free Trade Agreements', European Intellectual Property Review, 27 (11), November, 420-27 -- Kenneth C. Shadlen (2007), 'The Political Economy of AIDS Treatment: Intellectual Property and the Transformation of Generic Supply', International Studies Quarterly, 51, 559-81 -- Brendan Scott (2001), 'Copyright in a Frictionless World: Toward a Rhetoric of Responsibility', First Monday [Online], 6 (9), 3rd September, [http://firstmonday.org/htbin/cgiwrap/bin/ojs/index.php/fm/article/view/887/796, free download], 1-23 -- Timothy J. Brennan (1993), 'Copyright, Property, and the Right to Deny', Chicago-Kent Law Review, 68, 675-714
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): D.B. Resnik (2003), 'A Pluralistic Account of Intellectual Property', Journal of Business Ethics, 46 (4), September, 319-35 -- Edwin C. Hettinger (1989), 'Justifying Intellectual Property', Philosophy and Public Affairs, 18 (1), 31-52 -- Justin Hughes (1988-89), 'The Philosophy of Intellectual Property', Georgetown Law Journal, 77, 287-366 -- Mark A. Lemley (2004), 'Ex Ante versus Ex Post Justifications for Intellectual Property', University of Chicago Law Review, 71 (1), Winter, 129-49 -- Akalemwa Ngenda (2005), 'The Nature of the International Intellectual Property System: Universal Norms and Values or Western Chauvinism?', Information and Communications Technology Law, 14 (1), 59-79 -- Sharmishta Barwa and Shirin M. Rai (2002), 'The Political Economy of Intellectual Property Rights: A Gender Perspective', in Peter Newell (ed), Shirin M. Rai (ed) and Andrew Scott (ed) (eds), Development and the Challenge of Globalization, Sterling, VA: Stylus Publishing, 41-56 -- Liam Séamus O'Melinn (2007), 'Software and Shovels: How the Intellectual Property Revolution is Undermining Traditional Concepts of Property', University of Cincinnati Law Review, 76, Fall, 143-82 -- Christopher May (2007), 'The Hypocrisy of Forgetfulness: The Contemporary Significance of Early Innovations in Intellectual Property', Review of International Political Economy, 14 (1), February, 1-25 -- Susan Sell (2004), 'Intellectual Property and Public Policy in Historical Perspective: Contestation and Settlement', Loyola of Los Angeles Law Review, 38, Fall, 267-321 -- Peter K. Yu (2006), 'Of Monks, Medieval Scribes, and Middlemen', Michigan State Law Review, 2006 (1), Spring, 1-31 -- Robert P. Merges (2000), 'One Hundred Years of Solicitude: Intellectual Property Law 1900-2000', California Law Review, 88 (6), December, 2187-240 -- Graham Dutfield and Uma Suthersanen (2005), 'Harmonisation or Differentiation in Intellectual Property Protection? The Lessons of History', Prometheus, 23 (2), June, 131-47 -- Harlan J. Onsrud (1998), 'Tragedy of the Information Commons', in D.R. Fraser Taylor (ed) (ed.), Policy Issues in Modern Cartography, Chapter 9, Oxford: Elsevier Science, 141-58 -- James Boyle (2003), 'The Second Enclosure Movement and the Construction of the Public Domain', Law and Contemporary Problems, 66 (1/2), Winter, 33-74 -- Michael A. Heller and Rebecca S. Eisenberg (1998), 'Can Patents Deter Innovation? The Anticommons in Biomedical Research', Science, 280 (5364), New Series, 1 May, 698-701, reset -- Daniel J. Kevles (1998), 'Diamond v. Chakrabarty and Beyond: The Political Economy of Patenting Life', in Arnold Thackray (ed) (ed.), Private Science, Biotechnology and the Rise of the Molecular Sciences, Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press, 65-79 -- C. Ford Runge and Edi DeFrancesco (2006), 'Exclusion, Inclusion, and Enclosure: Historical Commons and Modern Intellectual Property', World Development, 34 (10), 1713-27 -- Anthony McCann (2005), 'Enclosure Without and Within the "Information Commons"', Information and Communications Technology Law, 14 (3), October, 217-40 -- Antoon A. Quaedvlieg (1992), 'The Economic Analysis of Intellectual Property Law', in William F. Korthals Altes (ed), Egbert J. Dommering (ed), P. Bernt Hugenholtz (ed) and Jan J.C. Kabel (ed) (eds), Information Law Towards the 21st Century, Deventer, The Netherlands and Boston, MA, USA: Kluwer Law and Taxation Publishers, 379-93
    Abstract: Wendy J. Gordon (2004), 'Do We Have a Right to Speak with Another's Language? Eldred and the Duration of Copyright', in P.L.C. Torremans (ed) (ed.), Copyright and Human Rights: Freedom of Expression, Intellectual Property, Privacy, Chapter 6, The Hague and New York, NY: Kluwer Law International, 109-29 -- Joseph P. Liu (2003), 'Copyright Law's Theory of the Consumer', Boston College Law Review, 44, 397-431 -- Jessica Litman (1991), 'Copyright as Myth', University of Pittsburgh Law Review, 53, 235-49 -- Kenneth C. Shadlen, Andrew Schrank and Marcus J. Kurtz (2005), 'The Political Economy of Intellectual Property Protection: The Case of Software', International Studies Quarterly, 49 (1), March, 45-71 -- Nicola Lucchi (2005), 'Intellectual Property Rights in Digital Media: A Comparative Analysis of Legal Protection, Technological Measures and New Business Models Under EU and US Law', Buffalo Law Review, 53 (4), 1111-91 -- Robert Hunter Wade (2002), 'Bridging the Digital Divide: New Route to Development or New Form of Dependency?', Global Governance, 8 (4), October-December, 443-66 -- Paul A. David (1993), 'Knowledge, Property and the System Dynamics of Technological Change', Proceedings of the World Bank Annual Conference on Development Economics 1992, Supplement to World Bank Economic Review and World Bank Research Observer, 215-48 -- Simon Avenell and Herb Thompson (1994), 'Commodity Relations and the Forces of Production: The Theft and Defence of Intellectual Property', Journal of Interdisciplinary Economics, 5 (1), 23-35 -- Nagesh Kumar (2003), 'Intellectual Property Rights, Technology and Economic Development: Experiences of Asian Countries', Economic and Political Weekly, 38 (3), January 18th,209-15, 217-26 -- Peter Drahos (1997), 'Thinking Strategically About Intellectual Property Rights', Telecommunications Policy, 21 (3), 201-11 -- Ruth L. Gana (1996), 'The Myth of Development, The Progress of Rights: Human Rights to Intellectual Property and Development', Law and Policy, 18 (3/4), July/October, 315-54 -- Hans Morten Haugen (2007), 'Patent Rights and Human Rights: Exploring their Relationships', Journal of World Intellectual Property, 10 (2), 97-124 -- Paul Steidlmeier (1993), 'The Moral Legitimacy of Intellectual Property Claims: American Business and Developing Country Perspectives', Journal of Business Ethics, 12 (2), February, 157-64 -- Andréa Koury Menescal (2005), 'Changing WIPO's Ways? The 2004 Development Agenda in Historical Perspective', Journal of World Intellectual Property, 8 (6), 761-96 -- Kurt Burch (1995), 'Intellectual Property Rights and the Culture of Global Liberalism', Science Communication, 17 (2), December, 214-32 -- Susan K. Sell (1995), 'The Origins of a Trade-Based Approach to Intellectual Property Protection: The Role of Industry Associations', Science Communication, 17 (2), December, 163-85 -- Peter Drahos and John Braithwaite (2002), 'Intellectual Property, Corporate Strategy, Globalisation: TRIPS in Context', Wisconsin International Law Journal, 20 (3), 451-80 -- Paul Steidlmeier and Cecilia Falbe (1994), 'International Disputes Over Intellectual Property', Review of Social Economy, 52 (3), 339-60 -- Christopher May (2004), 'Capacity Building and the (Re)Production of Intellectual Property Rights', Third World Quarterly, 25 (5), 821-37
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784712860
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Empirical international trade
    DDC: 382.015195
    Keywords: Internationale Wirtschaft ; Internationale Handelspolitik ; Faktorproportionentheorem ; Komparativer Vorteil ; Monopolistischer Wettbewerb ; Handelshemmnisse ; Netzwerk ; Theorie ; Welt ; International trade ; International trade ; Electronic books
    Abstract: During the last decade, international trade has witnessed a dramatic transition from a field dominated by theory to one dominated by empirics linked to theory. In this volume, Professor Bernhofen has selected an impressive range of critical papers by leading academics which have contributed significantly to making international trade an empirical science. The included topics are empirical studies on comparative advantage, the Heckscher-Ohlin model, monopolistic competition, gravity models, firms and plant trade and networks and institutions. The papers in this collection serve as an excellent introduction to the literature as well as an essential reference for research in empirical trade
    Abstract: Kei-Mu Yi (2003), 'Can Vertical Specialization Explain the Growth of World Trade?', Journal of Political Economy, 111 (1), 52-102 -- Andrew B. Bernard and J. Bradford Jensen (1995), 'Exporters, Jobs, and Wages in U.S. Manufacturing: 1976-1987', Brookings Papers on Economic Activity. Microeconomics 1995, 67-112, 118-19 -- Sofronis K. Clerides, Saul Lach and James R. Tybout (1998), 'Is Learning by Exporting Important? Micro-Dynamic Evidence from Colombia, Mexico, and Morocco', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 113 (3), August, 903-47 -- Andrew B. Bernard and J. Bradford Jensen (1999), 'Exceptional Exporter Performance: Cause, Effect, or Both?', Journal of International Economics, 47, 1-25 -- James E. Rauch (1999), 'Networks Versus Markets in International Trade', Journal of International Economics, 48, 7-35 -- James E. Rauch and Vitor Trindade (2002), 'Ethnic Chinese Networks in International Trade', Review of Economics and Statistics, 84 (1), February, 116-30 -- James E. Anderson and Douglas Marcouiller (2002), 'Insecurity and the Pattern of Trade: An Empirical Investigation', Review of Economics and Statistics, 84 (2), May, 342-52 -- Nathan Nunn (2007), 'Relationship-Specificity, Incomplete Contracts, and the Pattern of Trade', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 122 (2), May, 569-600
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Wassily Leontief (1953), 'Domestic Production and Foreign Trade; The American Capital Position Re-Examined', Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, 97 (4), September, 332-49 -- Edward E. Leamer (1980), 'The Leontief Paradox, Reconsidered', Journal of Political Economy, 88 (3), June, 495-503 -- Harry P. Bowen, Edward E. Leamer and Leo Sveikauskas (1987), 'Multicountry, Multifactor Tests of the Factor Abundance Theory', American Economic Review, 77 (5), December, 791-809 -- Daniel Trefler (1993), 'International Factor Price Differences: Leontief was Right!', Journal of Political Economy, 101 (6), 961-87 -- Daniel Trefler (1995), 'The Case of the Missing Trade and Other Mysteries', American Economic Review, 85 (5), December, 1029-46 -- Donald R. Davis and David E. Weinstein (2001), 'An Account of Global Factor Trade', American Economic Review, 91 (5), December, 1423-53 -- Peter K. Schott (2003), 'One Size Fits All? Heckscher-Ohlin Specialization in Global Production', American Economic Review, 93 (3), June, 686-708 -- James Harrigan (1997), 'Technology, Factor Supplies, and International Specialization: Estimating the Neoclassical Model', American Economic Review, 87 (4), September, 475-94 -- John Romalis (2004), 'Factor Proportions and the Structure of Commodity Trade', American Economic Review, 94 (1), March, 67-97 -- Daniel M. Bernhofen and John C. Brown (2004), 'A Direct Test of the Theory of Comparative Advantage: The Case of Japan', Journal of Political Economy, 112 (1. Part 1), 48-67 -- Daniel M. Bernhofen and John C. Brown (2005), 'An Empirical Assessment of the Comparative Advantage Gains from Trade: Evidence from Japan', American Economic Review, 95 (1), 208-25 -- Elhanan Helpman (1987), 'Imperfect Competition and International Trade: Evidence from Fourteen Industrial Countries', Journal of the Japanese and International Economies, 1, 62-81 -- David Hummels and James Levinsohn (1995), 'Monopolistic Competition and International Trade: Reconsidering the Evidence', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 110 (3), August, 799-836 -- Peter Debaere (2005), 'Monopolistic Competition and Trade, Revisited: Testing the Model Without Testing for Gravity', Journal of International Economics, 66, 249-66 -- Christian Broda and David E. Weinstein (2006), 'Globalization and the Gains from Variety', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 121 (2), May, 541-85 -- John McCallum (1995), 'National Borders Matter: Canada-U.S. Regional Trade Patterns', American Economic Review, 85 (3), June, 615-23 -- James E. Anderson and Eric van Wincoop (2003), 'Gravity with Gravitas: A Solution to the Border Puzzle', American Economic Review, 93 (1), 170-92 -- Jonathan Eaton and Samuel Kortum (2002), 'Technology, Geography, and Trade', Econometrica, 70 (5), September, 1741-79 -- Scott L. Baier and Jeffrey H. Bergstrand (2001), 'The Growth of World Trade: Tariffs, Transport Costs, and Income Similarity', Journal of International Economics, 53, 1-27
    Note: Includes bibliographical references , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785366789
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource , cm
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 221
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of networks
    DDC: 338.6042011
    RVK:
    Keywords: Regionalökonomik ; Regionales Cluster ; Netzwerk ; Unternehmensnetzwerk ; Theorie ; Macroeconomics ; Social networks Economic aspects ; Business networks Economic aspects ; Space in economics Mathematical models ; Business networks Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Raumwirtschaftstheorie ; Regionale Wirtschaftsstruktur ; Cluster
    Abstract: Networks have a widespread economic significance. They structure the way that market traders interact and configure relations within and between social groups, urban centres and nation states. Networks also determine patterns of authority and dominance in hierarchical organisations such as governments. This authoritative selection of recent work on the economics of networks will appeal to researchers in microeconomics, spatial and business economics as well as international economics and development. Social scientists and natural scientists will also find the book useful as a guide to the increasing wealth of economic literature on networks
    Abstract: David A. Smith and Michael F. Timberlake (2001), 'World City Networks and Hierarchies, 1977-1997: An Empirical Analysis of Global Air Travel Links', American Behavioral Scientist, 44 (10), June, 1656-78 -- Barney Warf (1995), 'Telecommunications and the Changing Geographies of Knowledge Transmission in the Late 20th Century', Urban Studies, 32 (2), 361-78 -- Tamar Diana Wilson (1998), 'Weak Ties, Strong Ties: Network Principles in Mexican Migration', Human Organization, 57 (4), 394-403
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Harald Baldersheim, Jan Bucek and Pawel Swianiewicz (2002), 'Mayors Learning across Borders: The International Networks of Municipalities in East-Central Europe', Regional and Federal Studies, 12 (1), Spring, 126-37 -- Ashok Deo Bardhan and Subhrajit Guhathakurta (2004), 'Global Linkages of Subnational Regions: Coastal Exports and International Networks', Contemporary Economic Policy, 22 (2), April, 225-36 -- René Belderbos and Leo Sleuwaegen (1996), 'Japanese Firms and the Decision to Invest Abroad: Business Groups and Regional Core Networks', Review of Economics and Statistics, 78 (2), May, 214-20 -- Mark Brayshay, Mark Cleary and John Selwood (2005), 'Interlocking Directorships and Trans-national Linkages within the British Empire, 1900- 1930', Area, 37 (2), 209-22 -- Ronald S. Burt (1999), 'Private Games are too Dangerous', Computational and Mathematical Organization Theory, 5 (4), December, 311-41 -- Mark Casson and Howard Cox (1997), 'An Economic Model of Inter-Firm Networks', in Mark Ebers (ed) (ed.), The Formation of Inter-Organizational Networks, Chapter 7, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 174-96 -- Howard Cox, Simon Mowatt and Martha Prevezer (2003), 'New Product Development and Product Supply within a Network Setting: The Chilled Ready-Meal Industry in the UK', Industry and Innovation, 10 (2), June, 197-217 -- Niek de Jong and Rob Vos (1995), 'Regional Blocs or Global Markets? A World Accounting Approach to Analyze Trade and Financial Linkages', Weltwirtschaftliches Archiv, 131, 748-73 -- Sarah Drakopoulou Dodd and Eleni Patra (2002), 'National Differences in Entrepreneurial Networking', Entrepreneurship and Regional Development, 14 (2), January, 117-34 -- Peter Sheridan Dodds, Duncan J. Watts and Charles F. Sabel (2003), 'Information Exchange and the Robustness of Organizational Networks', Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 100 (21), October, 12516-21 -- Mika Kallioinen (2004), 'Information, Communication Technology, and Business in the Nineteenth Century: The Case of a Finnish Merchant House', Scandinavian Economic History Review, LII (1), 19-33 -- Douglas S. Massey (1987), 'Understanding Mexican Migration to the United States', American Journal of Sociology, 92 (6), May, 1372-403 -- Larry Neal and Stephen Quinn (2001), 'Networks of Information, Markets, and Institutions in the Rise of London as a Financial Centre, 1660-1720', Financial History Review, 8 (1), April, 7-26 -- M.E.J. Newman and Juyong Park (2003), 'Why Social Networks are Different from other Types of Networks', Physical Review E, 68 (3), 036122, 1-8 -- Lucy Newton (2003), 'Capital Networks in the Sheffield Region, 1850-1885', in John F. Wilson (ed) and Andrew Popp (ed) (eds), Industrial Clusters and Regional Business Networks in England, 1750-1970, Chapter 7, Aldershot, UK: Ashgate Publishers, 130-54 -- Rebeca Raijman, Silvina Schammah-Gesser and Adriana Kemp (2003), 'International Migration, Domestic Work, and Care Work: Undocumented Latina Migrants in Israel', Gender and Society, 17 (5), October, 727-49 -- Kenneth D. Roberts and Michael D.S. Morris (2003), 'Fortune, Risk, and Remittances: An Application of Option Theory to Participation in Village-Based Migration Networks', International Migration Review, 37 (4), Winter, 1252-81 -- Janet W. Salaff and Arent Greve (2004), 'Can Women's Social Networks Migrate?', Women's Studies International Forum, 27, 149-62 -- Ma Ángeles Serrano and Marián Boguñá (2003), 'Topology of the World Trade Web', Physical Review E, 68 (1), 015101, 1-4
    Note: Includes bibliographical references , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785366468
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxvii, 579 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 218
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Financial crises
    DDC: 338.542
    RVK:
    Keywords: Finanzkrise ; Bankenkrise ; Währungskrise ; Ansteckungseffekt ; Welt ; Financial crises ; Financial crises ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Bankenkrise ; Währungskrise
    Abstract: This important volume presents key contributions to the study of financial crises from many different areas of economics. The book offers an economic history of financial crises, empirical studies of crises in the modern era, and classic works on the theory of banking crises. It also covers specialized topics, with sections on currency crises and financial contagion. Undergraduate students of money, banking, macroeconomics and financial crises alike will find this collection to be an invaluable overview of a critical area of study
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Michael Bordo, Barry Eichengreen, Daniela Klingebiel and Maria Soledad Martinez-Peria (2001), 'Is the Crisis Problem Growing More Severe?', Economic Policy, 16 (32), April, 53-82 -- Gary Gorton (1988), 'Banking Panics and Business Cycles', Oxford Economic Papers, 40 (4), December, 751-81 -- Charles W. Calomiris and Joseph R. Mason (2003), 'Fundamentals, Panics, and Bank Distress During the Depression', American Economic Review, 93 (5), December, 1615-47 -- John H. Boyd, Sungkyu Kwak and Bruce Smith (2005), 'The Real Output Losses Associated with Modern Banking Crises', Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking, 37 (6), December, 977-99 -- Graciela L. Kaminsky and Carmen M. Reinhart (1999), 'The Twin Crises: The Causes of Banking and Balance-of-Payments Problems', American Economic Review, 89 (3), June, 473-500 -- Graciela L. Kaminsky, Carmen M. Reinhart and Carlos A. Vegh (2003), 'The Unholy Trinity of Financial Contagion', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 17 (4), Fall, 51-74 -- John Bryant (1980), 'A Model of Reserves, Bank Runs, and Deposit Insurance', Journal of Banking and Finance, 4 (4), December, 335-44 -- Douglas W. Diamond and Philip H. Dybvig (1983), 'Bank Runs, Deposit Insurance, and Liquidity', Journal of Political Economy, 91 (3), June, 401-19 -- Charles W. Calomiris and Charles M. Kahn ([1991] 2001), 'The Role of Demandable Debt in Structuring Optimal Banking Arrangements', amended in Maximilian J.B. Hall (ed) (ed.), The Regulation and Supervision of Banks, Chapter 10, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar, 190-216 [previously published in American Economic Review, 81 (3), June, 497-513, Appendix] -- Franklin Allen and Douglas Gale (1998), 'Optimal Financial Crises', Journal of Finance, LIII (4), August, 1245-84 -- Franklin Allen and Douglas Gale (2004), 'Financial Intermediaries and Markets', Econometrica, 72 (4), July, 1023-61 -- Jean-Charles Rochet and Xavier Vives (2004), 'Coordination Failures and the Lender of Last Resort: Was Bagehot Right after All?', Journal of the European Economic Association, 2 (6), December, 1116-47 -- Itay Goldstein and Ady Pauzner (2005), 'Demand-Deposit Contracts and the Probability of Bank Runs', Journal of Finance, LX (3), June, 1293-327 -- Franklin Allen and Douglas Gale (2000), 'Bubbles and Crises', Economic Journal, 110 (460), January, 236-55 -- Douglas W. Diamond and Raghuram G. Rajan (2006), 'Money in a Theory of Banking', American Economic Review, 96 (1), March, 30-53 -- Paul Krugman (1979), 'A Model of Balance-of-Payments Crises', Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking, 11 (3), August, 311-25 -- Robert P. Flood and Peter M. Garber (1984), 'Gold Monetization and Gold Discipline', Journal of Political Economy, 92 (1), February, 90-107 -- Maurice Obstfeld (1996), 'Models of Currency Crises with Self-Fulfilling Features', European Economic Review, 40, 1037-47 -- Stephen Morris and Hyun Song Shin (1998), 'Unique Equilibrium in a Model of Self-Fulfilling Currency Attacks', American Economic Review, 88 (3), June, 587-97
    Abstract: Roberto Chang and Andres Velasco (2001), 'A Model of Financial Crises in Emerging Markets', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 116 (2), May, 489-517 -- Franklin Allen and Douglas Gale (2000), 'Financial Contagion', Journal of Political Economy, 108 (1), February, 1-33 -- Laura E. Kodres and Matthew Pritsker (2002), 'A Rational Expectations Model of Financial Contagion', Journal of Finance, LVII (2), April, 769-99
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785366772
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (p) , cm
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 232
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of contracts
    Keywords: Vertragstheorie ; Vertragsrecht ; Contracts Economic aspects ; Electronic books
    Abstract: The Economics of Contracts provides a guided tour to the leading ideas in contract theory. It assembles some of the foundational writings on contracting under limited and asymmetric information, incentives and mechanism design. It contains, in particular, the key contributions of five recent Nobel Prize winners in economics and brings together the most important articles that have followed these path-breaking works
    Abstract: Bengt Holmström (1982), 'Moral Hazard in Teams', Bell Journal of Economics, 13 (2), Autumn, 324-40 -- Guillermo A. Calvo and Stanislaw Wellisz (1978), 'Supervision, Loss of Control, and the Optimal Size of the Firm', Journal of Political Economy, 86 (5), October, 943-52 -- Jerry R. Green and Nancy L. Stokey (1983), 'A Comparison of Tournaments and Contracts', Journal of Political Economy, 91 (3), June, 349-64 -- Jean Tirole (1986), 'Hierarchies and Bureaucracies: On the Role of Collusion in Organizations', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 2 (2), Fall, 181-214 -- Mathias Dewatripont (1989), 'Renegotiation and Information Revelation over Time: The Case of Optimal Labor Contracts', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 104 (3), August, 589-619 -- Oliver D. Hart and Jean Tirole (1988), 'Contract Renegotiation and Coasian Dynamics', Review of Economic Studies, 55 (4), October, 509-40 -- M. Dewatripont and E. Maskin (1995), 'Credit and Efficiency in Centralized and Decentralized Economies', Review of Economic Studies, 62 (4), October, 541-55 -- Robert M. Townsend (1982), 'Optimal Multiperiod Contracts and the Gain from Enduring Relationships under Private Information', Journal of Political Economy, 90 (6), December, 1166-86 -- Edward J. Green (1987), 'Lending and the Smoothing of Uninsurable Income', in Edward C. Prescott (ed) and Neil Wallace (ed) (eds), Contractual Arrangements for Intertemporal Trade, Minnesota Studies in Macroeconomics series, Volume I, Chapter I, Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota Press, 3-25 -- William P. Rogerson (1985), 'Repeated Moral Hazard', Econometrica, 53 (1), January, 69-76 -- Bengt Holmström and Paul Milgrom (1987), 'Aggregation and Linearity in the Provision of Intertemporal Incentives', Econometrica, 55 (2), March, 303-28 -- W. Bentley MacLeod and James M. Malcomson (1989), 'Implicit Contracts, Incentive Compatibility, and Involuntary Unemployment', Econometrica, 57 (2), March, 447-80 -- Jonathan Levin (2003), 'Relational Incentive Contracts', American Economic Review, 93 (3), June, 835-57 -- Bengt Holmström (1999), 'Managerial Incentive Problems: A Dynamic Perspective', Review of Economic Studies, 66 (1), Special Issue, January, 169-82 -- Sanford J. Grossman and Oliver D. Hart (1986), 'The Costs and Benefits of Ownership: A Theory of Vertical and Lateral Integration', Journal of Political Economy, 94 (4), August, 691-719 -- Oliver Hart and John Moore (1990), 'Property Rights and the Nature of the Firm', Journal of Political Economy, 98 (6), December, 1119-58 -- Patrick Bolton and Michael D. Whinston (1993), 'Incomplete Contracts, Vertical Integration, and Supply Assurance', Review of Economic Studies, 60 (1), January, 121-48 -- Philippe Aghion and Patrick Bolton (1992), 'An Incomplete Contracts Approach to Financial Contracting', Review of Economic Studies, 59 (3), July, 473-94 -- Philippe Aghion and Jean Tirole (1997), 'Formal and Real Authority in Organizations', Journal of Political Economy, 105 (1), February, 1-29
    Abstract: Patrick Bolton and David S. Scharfstein (1990), 'A Theory of Predation Based on Agency Problems in Financial Contracting', American Economic Review, 80 (1), March, 93-106
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): J.A. Mirrlees (1971), 'An Exploration in the Theory of Optimum Income Taxation', Review of Economic Studies, 38 (2), April, 175-208 -- Michael Mussa and Sherwin Rosen (1978), 'Monopoly and Product Quality', Journal of Economic Theory, 18 (2), August, 301-17 -- Michael Spence (1973), 'Job Market Signaling', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 87 (3), August, 355-74 -- Eric Maskin and Jean Tirole (1992), 'The Principal-Agent Relationship with an Informed Principal, II: Common Values', Econometrica, 60 (1), January, 1-42 -- Michael Rothschild and Joseph Stiglitz (1976), 'Equilibrium in Competitive Insurance Markets: An Essay on the Economics of Imperfect Information', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 90 (4), November, 629-49 -- B. Douglas Bernheim and Michael D. Whinston (1986), 'Menu Auctions, Resource Allocation, and Economic Influence', Quarterly Journal of Economics, CI (1), February, 1-31 -- Robert M. Townsend (1979), 'Optimal Contracts and Competitive Markets with Costly State Verification', Journal of Economic Theory, 21 (2), October, 265-93 -- Philippe Aghion and Patrick Bolton (1987), 'Contracts as a Barrier to Entry', American Economic Review, 77 (3), June, 388-401 -- J.A. Mirrlees (1999), 'The Theory of Moral Hazard and Unobservable Behaviour: Part I', Review of Economic Studies, 66, 3-21 -- Bengt Holmström (1979), 'Moral Hazard and Observability', Bell Journal of Economics, 10 (1), Spring, 74-91 -- Sanford J. Grossman and Oliver D. Hart (1983), 'An Analysis of the Principal-Agent Problem', Econometrica, 51 (1), January 7-45 -- Bengt Holmström and Paul Milgrom (1990), 'Multitask Principal- Agent Analyses: Incentive Contracts, Asset Ownership, and Job Design', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 7, Special Issue, 24-52 -- Jean-Jacques Laffont and Jean Tirole (1986), 'Using Cost Observation to Regulate Firms', Journal of Political Economy, 94 (3, Part I), June, 614-41 -- Eric Maskin ([1977] 1999), 'Nash Equilibrium and Welfare Optimality', Review of Economic Studies, 66, 23-38 -- Claude d'Aspremont and Louis-André Gérard-Varet (1979), 'Incentives and Incomplete Information', Journal of Public Economics, 11 (1), February, 25-45 -- Roger B. Myerson (1981), 'Optimal Auction Design', Mathematics of Operation Research, 6 (1), February, 58-73 -- Roger B. Myerson and Mark A. Satterthwaite (1983), 'Efficient Mechanisms for Bilateral Trading', Journal of Economic Theory, 29 (2), April, 265-81 -- Jacques Crémer and Richard P. McLean (1985), 'Optimal Selling Strategies under Uncertainty for a Discriminating Monopolist when Demands are Interdependent', Econometrica, 53 (2), March, 345-61 -- John Moore and Rafael Repullo (1988), 'Subgame Perfect Implementation', Econometrica, 56 (5), September, 1191-220
    Note: Includes bibliographical references , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    URL: Volltext  (Deutschlandweit zugänglich)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (788 pages)
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM Redbooks publication describes and documents a number of different aspects of the Software Configuration and Library Manager (SCLM). Part 1 of the book focuses on setting up an SCLM project using commonly used languages such as COBOL and PL/I. Additionally, migration techniques are discussed for those customers considering migrating to SCLM from other vendor Software Configuration Management products. Part 2 describes basic usage of SCLM functions such as Edit, Build, and Promote. Part 3 goes a bit beyond the basics and looks at some of the newer functions that are being added to SCLM, along with writing user exits and setting up SCLM for debugging with IBM Debug Tool. Parts 4, 5, and 6 concentrate on the SCLM Advanced Edition products such as Breeze, Enhanced Access Control, SCLM Developer Toolkit, and SCLM Administrator Toolkit. These sections describe what these products are and how they can be set up and used to aid your application development. Please note that the additional material referenced in the text is not available from IBM.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed September 6, 2007) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (340 pages)
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM Redbooks publication provides an overview of the new functions and enhancements in IBM Information Management System (IMS) Version 10. IBM continues to enhance IMS integration, manageability, and scalability. IMS helps you with On Demand Business enablement, growth, availability, and systems management that current and newer environments and cost measures require. IMS Version 10 helps in addressing your On Demand Business needs through integration/openness, manageability, and scalability, providing: - Integration with other products and platforms across the Internet, supporting open standards that benefit you, and taking best advantage of the latest industry tooling for application development and connectivity - Manageability in staging users to autonomic computing, easing installation and use, eliminating and reducing outages, and minimizing the education curve for users of IMS - Scalability with virtualization in assuring flexibility for growth and expansion in a heterogeneous environment while utilizing the latest hardware and software facilities to optimize performance, capacity, availability, and recovery This book is intended for individuals who are migrating their IMS systems to IMS Version 10 and provides the essential necessary information.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed December 19, 2007) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (1490 pages)
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: Over years, the typical IT infrastructure grows and is very likely a collection of separated, heterogeneous environments that can collide with today's requirement for companies to react quickly to changing business needs. This changing environment demands a middleware that is both robust and extensible as well as flexible when reacting to change. With WebSphere Middleware products from IBM you can operate flexible service-oriented architectures that overcome these integration challenges. The IBM WebSphere Service-Oriented Middleware product suite includes different integration brokers and a multitude of application and technology adapters. In addition to the adapter-based integration approach, this product suite supports a wide range of open standards to connect any back-end component in a service-like manner to the middleware infrastructure. This book highlights broker-to-broker connectivity to the SAP Exchange Infrastructure as well as direct communication patterns to the SAP WebApplication Server. This book also illustrates how to integrate data and processes that are located in SAP back-end systems that use IBM Service-Oriented Middleware technology. The adapter-based scenarios use the WebSphere adapters for SAP, and the standards-based integration scenarios use the Web Services and Java Message Service capabilities that are built in to the products of both IBM and SAP. Please note that the additional material referenced in the text is not available from IBM.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed June 1, 2007) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (490 pages)
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: Conducting business via the Web and remaining open for business 24 hours a day, seven days a week is now commonplace. Customers come in with unexpected workloads through the Web and operate in a self-service fashion with mostly context-sensitive metadata to guide them. The strong requirement is availability. However, even with new Web applications, most of the core business systems considerations still apply, and performance is critical. Technology has been accelerating for mainframe systems. They had become adept at providing business resiliency accommodating strategic software that has been around for the last several decades such as IMS™ , DB2® , and CICS® , and they have also become a host for developing and running Web applications built in Java™ accommodating the latest business requirements. Businesses need to leverage, extend and integrate the strategic assets which represent multi-year investments to support leading edge technology. DB2 for z/OS® has come a long way and provides facilities to exploit the latest hardware and software technologies, accommodating a majority of user requirements. However, special considerations are required to build high performance applications. If you want to achieve high performance or high availability, you must use the design, programming, and operational techniques applicable to DB2. In this IBM Redbooks publication we discuss many of these techniques and provide guidelines for database and application design. We expect the best practices described in this book will help DB2 professionals design high-performance and high-availability applications. Please note that the additional material referenced in the text is not available from IBM.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed January 9, 2006) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (560 pages)
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: Service-oriented architecture (SOA) promotes the ability to communicate with external enterprises. But what are the issues in creating these Extended Enterprise communications? This IBM IBM Redbooks publication addresses these issues for Web services implementations of SOA, using the Patterns for e-business. The Patterns for e-business are a group of proven, reusable assets that can be used to increase the speed of developing and deploying e-business applications. This book focuses on building Extended Enterprise SOA solutions using WebSphere Application Server V6, WebSphere Partner Gateway V6, the Web services gateway component of WebSphere Application Server Network Deployment V6, and WebSphere Business Integration Server Foundation V5.1. Part 1 introduces the Patterns for e-business, and describes the patterns and product mappings within this framework for building Extended Enterprise solutions. Part 2 describes the business scenario used throughout this book, and describes the technologies for implementing an SOA solution. Part 3 provides a set of Extended Enterprise scenarios that include simple as well as more complex SOA solutions that use an Enterprise Service Bus. Please note that the additional material referenced in the text is not available from IBM.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed January 19, 2006) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    ISBN: 0738497320
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (724 pages)
    DDC: 658.8/00285
    Keywords: WebSphere ; Business enterprises Data processing ; Electronic commerce Computer programs ; Software patterns ; Electronic books ; local ; WebSphere ; Commerce électronique ; Logiciels ; Logiciels ; Modèles de conception ; Entreprises ; Informatique ; Business enterprises ; Data processing ; Electronic commerce ; Computer programs ; Software patterns
    Abstract: IBM WebSphere Process Server, and the accompanying IBM WebSphere Integration Developer development tool, provide a vast array of powerful features for building business process solutions. But how can you use those features for your organization? This IBM Redbooks publication takes a scenario-based approach to demonstrate these product features and employs the IBM Patterns for e-business to illustrate proven business process patterns. Part 1 of this book introduces the Patterns for e-business. The Patterns for e-business are a group of proven, reusable assets that can be used to increase the speed of developing and deploying On Demand Business applications. This book focuses on the Serial and Parallel Process patterns from the asset catalog. Part 2 describes the business scenario used in this book. It also explains the key technologies that are relevant to the scenarios. Part 3 guides you through the building of business process solutions in WebSphere Integration Developer for deployment to WebSphere Process Server. It includes the use of Web Services Business Process Execution Language (WS-BPEL) business processes, business state machines, and other product features. Four solutions are described, each adhering to a separate pattern. Each solution includes architectural considerations for designing the solution and step-by-step instructions for building the scenario. Please note that the additional material referenced in the text is not available from IBM.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed April 23, 2006) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : IBM Redbooks | Boston, MA : Safari
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (486 pages)
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: IBM communication controllers have reliably carried the bulk of the world's business traffic for more than 30 years. Over the years, IBM controllers have been enhanced to the point that the functional capabilities of the current products, the 3745 Communication Controller and the 3746 Nways Multiprotocol Controller , surpass the capabilities of any other data networking equipment ever developed. Beyond the SNA architecture PU Type 4, beyond APPN, even beyond IP routing, these controllers support an extraordinary set of functions and protocols. Because of their long history and their functional richness, IBM controllers continue to play a critical role in the networks of most of the largest companies in the world. Over the past decade, however, focus has shifted from SNA networks and applications to TCP/IP and Internet technologies. In some cases, SNA application traffic now runs over IP-based networks using technologies such as TN3270 and Data Link Switching (DLSw). In other cases, applications have been changed, or business processes reengineered, using TCP/IP rather than SNA. Consequently, for some organizations, the network traffic that traverses IBM communication controllers has declined to the point where it is in the organization's best interest to find functional alternatives for the remaining uses of their controllers so they can consolidate and possibly eliminate controllers from their environments. This IBM Redbooks publication provides you with a starting point to help in your efforts to optimize your communication controller environment, whether simply consolidating them or migrating from them altogether. We discuss alternative means to provide the communication controller functions that you use or ways to eliminate the need for those functions outright. Where multiple options exist, we discuss the relative advantages and disadvantages of each.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed January 11, 2006) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (634 pages)
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM Redbooks publication helps you install, tailor, and configure Copy Services in open systems environments on the IBM System Storage DS6000 storage server series. It should be read in conjunction with the IBM System Storage DS6000 Series: Architecture and Implementation, SG24-6781. This book gives you the details necessary to configure each of the Copy Services functions in an open systems environment. There is a companion book that supports the configuration of the Copy Services functions in a z/OS environment, IBM System Storage DS6000 Series: Copy Services with System z servers, SG24-6782. This book helps you design and create the storage map and install Copy Services in an open systems environment. This book helps you design and create a new Copy Services installation or to migrate from an existing installation, as well as addresses design functions and changes in terminology from other IBM Copy Services products. We include hints and tips to maximize the effective installation. It also includes a section on System i and an overview of the TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed November 28, 2006) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (720 pages)
    Edition: 2nd edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM Redbooks publication serves as a reference for system programmers and administrators who will be installing IBM Tivoli Workload Scheduler for z/OS in mainframe and end-to-end scheduling environments. Installing IBM Tivoli Workload Scheduler for z/OS requires an understanding of the started tasks, the communication protocols and how they apply to the installation, how the exits work, how to set up various IBM Tivoli Workload Scheduler for z/OS parameters and their functions, how to customize the audit function and the security, and many other similar topics. In this book, we have attempted to cover all of these topics with practical examples to help IBM Tivoli Workload Scheduler for z/OS installation run more smoothly. We explain the concepts, then give practical examples and a working set of common parameters that we have tested in our environment.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed May 16, 2006) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (538 pages)
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: IBM Information Management System (IMS) is the IBM premier transaction and hierarchical database management system. Connectivity has always been a priority with IMS. IMS exploits the latest technologies to address customers' requirements for accessing IMS transactions and data. This IBM Redbooks publication is about IMS connectivity. This book provides a general overview of the IMS Open Transaction Manager Access (OTMA) function and extensive information about IMS Connect and its usage, including a chapter that describes the IMS Connect Extensions product and how you can enhance the IMS Connect operating environment with it. This book provides a broad understanding of IMS Connector for Java. We cover some special considerations, such as using the conversational transactions, rerouting, and timeout support, as well as programming roll-your-own clients without using IMS Connector for Java. We also introduce Open Database Access and provide examples of using it with stored procedures and with IMS Remote Database Services. As for future directions, we also include a chapter about the IMS SOAP Gateway. This book updates and adds to the information in the previous book "IMS e-business Connectors: A Guide to IMS Connectivity," SG24-6514. Please note that the additional material referenced in the text is not available from IBM.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed February 2, 2006) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    ISBN: 0738495603
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (356 pages)
    Series Statement: IBM redbooks
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Business Forms ; Computer programs ; Forms management Computer programs ; IBM software ; Electronic books ; local ; Gestion des formulaires ; Logiciels ; Logiciels IBM ; Gestion des formulaires ; Logiciels ; Business ; Forms ; Computer programs ; Forms management ; Computer programs ; IBM software ; Commerce ; Business & Economics ; Local Commerce
    Abstract: This IBM Redbooks publication describes the features and functionality of Workplace Forms and each of its component products. After introducing the products and providing an overview of features and functionality, we discuss the underlying product architecture and address the concept of integration. To help potential users, architects, and developers better understand how to develop and implement a forms application, we introduce a specific scenario based on a "Sales Quotation Approval" application. Using this base scenario as a foundation, we describe in detail how to build an application that captures data in a form, then applies specific business logic and workflow to gain approval for a specific product sales quotation. Throughout the scenario, we build upon the complexity of the application and introduce increasing integration points with other data systems. Ultimately, we demonstrate how an IBM Workplace Forms application can integrate with WebSphere Portal, IBM DB2 Content Manager, and Lotus Domino. Note: The code used for building this sample scenario application is available for download. For specific information about how to download the sample code, please refer to Appendix A. Additional material". Please note that the additional material referenced in the text is not available from IBM.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed July 12, 2006) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (1100 pages)
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM Redbooks publication is an easy-to-follow guide that describes how to implement IBM Tivoli Storage Manager Version 5.3 products in highly available clustered environments. The book is intended for those who want to plan, install, test, and manage the IBM Tivoli Storage Manager Version 5.3 in various environments by providing best practices and showing how to develop scripts for clustered environments. The book covers the following environments: IBM AIX HACMP, IBM Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms on Linux and AIX, MicrosoftCluster Server on Windows 2000 and Windows 2003, VERITAS Storage Foundation HA on AIX, and Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition. Please note that the additional material referenced in the text is not available from IBM.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed June 21, 2005) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (530 pages)
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM Redbooks publication provides guidance about how to configure, monitor, and manage your IBM TotalStorage DS6000 to achieve optimum performance. We describe the DS6000 performance features and characteristics and how they can be exploited with the different server platforms that can attach to it. Then in consecutive chapters we detail the specific performance recommendations and discussions that apply for each server environment, as well as for database and Copy Services environments. We also outline the various tools available for monitoring and measuring I/O performance for the different server environments, as well as how to monitor performance of the entire DS6000 subsystem.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed December 14, 2005) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (614 pages)
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM Redbooks publication describes the technical details of WebSphere Business Integration Server Foundation and discusses using WebSphere Studio Application Developer Integration Edition for application development. It provides valuable information for system administrators, developers and architects about the products covered. This book specifically focuses on WebSphere Process Choreographer and on solutions implementing it. Part 1, "Architecting a WebSphere Enterprise solution" includes high-level details about WebSphere solutions using WebSphere Business Integration Server Foundation. Part 2, "Setting up the environment" provides step-by-step details about installing the runtime and development environments. Part 3, "Implementing WebSphere Enterprise solutions" provides details about the J2EE Programming Model Extensions and functions in WebSphere Business Integration Server Foundation. You can learn how to design, develop, assemble, deploy and administer applications in the WebSphere Business Integration Server Foundation environment. Please note that the additional material referenced in the text is not available from IBM.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed November 12, 2004) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (980 pages)
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM Redbooks publication provides IT architects, IT specialists, and administrators with the critical knowledge to design, develop, implement, deploy, and manage a WebSphere Commerce V5.5 hosting site with multiple stores. This book includes: - An introduction to the WebSphere Commerce hosting model and the hosting composite pattern - An ITSO hosting example, including a business requirements analysis and solution design. - How to implement a team development environment, customize a store profile, and build, deploy, and manage multiple stores. - How to manage a hosting hub, hub organization, and hosted stores. - How to manage a hosted B2B store and organizations. - How to manage a hosted B2C store and organizations. The appendixes include procedures and tips for WebSphere Commerce implementation, WebSphere Commerce Studio implementation, common procedures, and error handling scenarios. Please note that the additional material referenced in the text is not available from IBM.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed May 19, 2004) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : IBM Redbooks | Boston, MA : Safari
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (748 pages)
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: DFSMSrmm is the IBM tape management system for OS/390 and z/OS platforms. As part of DFSMS, DFSMSrmm is completely integrated into the IBM storage management strategy. This allows easier installation and maintenance, as well as standard interfaces with other systems components, such as DFSMSdfp and DFSMShsm. DFSMSrmm provides a simple and flexible tape management environment, with support for all tape technologies, including IBM automated tape libraries, manual tapes, and other tape libraries. This IBM Redbooks publication is written for people who are planning to convert from TLMS to DFSMSrmm. We have designed this book to help you with all aspects of the conversion, from the early planning stage through implementation and customization of DFSMSrmm into your production system. We provide details on the differences between DFSMSrmm and TLMS and compare the terminology, data, and functions. We explain how to use the IBM-supplied sample conversion programs and get the converted data validated and ready for use in a production environment. Working samples that are ready for use are included.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed February 10, 2004) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (282 pages)
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM Redbooks publication covers the process of converting a PSSP cluster to a CSM cluster. It examines the different tools, utilities, documentation and other resources available to help the system administrator move a system from PSSP to CSM. It also examines the different paths a customer can take to achieve this transition and illustrates these different paths with step-by-step transition scenarios of actual clustered systems. This book also makes recommendations about which procedures are most suitable for different types of customer environments (high performance technical computing, server consolidation, business intelligence, etc.) and points out the relative advantages and disadvantages of the different procedures, tools, and methods. Customers will use the working knowledge presented in this book to plan and accomplish the transition of their own clustered systems from PSSP to CSM. Are you using GPFS? This transition book covers a number of GPFS transition methods, each with its own recommendations, GPFS cluster types, advantages versus disadvantages, and step-by-step scenarios. It also shows a method of moving GPFS storage between two clusters, which could be used during hardware transition or upgrades.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed August 16, 2004) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    ISBN: 0738498246
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (606 pages)
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM Redbooks publication explores the different coexistence scenarios for the WebSphere and .NET platforms. This book is a good source of information for solution designers and developers, application integrators and developers who wish to integrate solutions on the WebSphere and .NET platforms. Part 1, "Introduction" is a quick introduction to the J2EE (WebSphere) and .NET technologies. It also depicts a basic architectural model that can be used to represent both WebSphere applications and .NET applications. Part 2, "Scenarios" identifies several potential technical scenarios for coexistence via point-to-point integration between applications deployed in the IBM WebSphere Application Server and applications deployed in the Microsoft .NET Framework. This part provides in-depth technical details on how to implement certain scenarios using today's existing technologies. Part 3, "Guidelines" provides general guidelines for solution developers. A list of supporting technologies can help with the solution implementation. The Quality of Service chapter is a collection of services available on both platforms. The Appendixes go further by using other IBM technologies and describing two integration solutions between Lotus Domino and .NET applications. Please note that the additional material referenced in the text is not available from IBM.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed March 28, 2004) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (808 pages)
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM Redbooks publication positions the IBM WebSphere Portal for Multiplatforms as the solution to best address the process of building scalable and reliable business-to-employee (B2E), business-to-business (B2B) and business-to-consumer (B2C) portals. The IBM WebSphere Portal for Multiplatforms V5 Handbook will help you to understand the WebSphere Portal architecture, how to install, tailor and configure WebSphere Portal, and how to administer and customize portal pages using WebSphere Portal. In this book, we discuss the installation of IBM WebSphere Portal for Multiplatforms within the Microsoft Windows 2000 Server, IBM AIX, SuSE SLE8 Linux, Solaris 8, and zLinux environments using Setup Manager. The ability to set up a clustered environment is covered, as well as a demonstration of migrating from WebSphere Portal V4.2 to V5.0. In this book, we illustrate the implementation and the use of the following directory services: IBM Directory Server, Lotus Domino Enterprise Server, and Sun ONE Directory Server. In the IBM WebSphere Portal for Multiplatforms V5 Handbook, you will find step-by-step examples and scenarios showing ways to rapidly integrate your enterprise applications into an IBM WebSphere Portal environment using state-of-the-art technologies such as portlets. You will be able to implement new and enhanced capabilities incorporated in current releases of IBM WebSphere Portal offerings, which provide powerful collaboration applications such as Lotus QuickPlace, Lotus Sametime, and Lotus Collaborative components.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed March 18, 2004) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (230 pages)
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This IBM® IBM Redbooks publication explains how to install and configure the new independent auxiliary storage pool (IASP) functionality of OS/400® V5R2. It is designed to help IBM technical professionals, Business Partners, and Customers understand and implement IASP in the IBM eServer iSeries server and under OS/400 V5R2. In addition, this book provides the background information that is necessary to plan, implement, and customize this functionality to your particular environment. It provides advice on running native OS/400 applications with either application data or most application objects residing in an IASP. Considering you can also use IASPs in a cluster environment, this book shows you the basic steps to make your IASP switchable between two iSeries servers in a high-speed link (HSL) loop.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed May 16, 2003) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : IBM Redbooks | Boston, MA : Safari
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (782 pages)
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: DFSMSrmm is the IBM tape management system for OS/390 and z/OS platforms. As part of DFSMS, DFSMSrmm is completely integrated into the IBM storage management strategy. This allows for easier installation and maintenance, as well as standard interfaces with other systems components such as DFSMSdfp and DFSMShsm. DFSMSrmm provides a simple and flexible tape management environment, with support for all tape technologies, including IBM automated tape libraries, manual tapes, and other tape libraries. This IBM Redbooks publication is written for people who are planning to convert from AutoMedia or ASG-ZARA to DFSMSrmm. We have designed this book to help you with all aspects of the conversion, from the early planning stage through implementation and customization of DFSMSrmm in your production system. We provide details on the differences between DFSMSrmm and AutoMedia or ASG-ZARA, and compare the terminology, data, and functions. We also explain how to use the IBM-supplied sample conversion programs, validate the converted data, and prepare it for use in a production environment. Working samples are included.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed December 8, 2003) , Mode of access: World Wide Web.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...